,K> /E'^ > < /Z - BlackBird Holdings

MINING, MINERAL, BENEFICATION, SMELTING,

PROCESS EQUIPMENTS & SPARES

- 1 -

■ CRUSHING

Jaw Crusher............................................................................................................................................................02

Cone Crusher..........................................................................................................................................................03

Hammer Crusher....................................................................................................................................................04

Impact Crusher.......................................................................................................................................................04

Mobile Crusher Station...........................................................................................................................................06

■ SCREENING

Circular Vibrating Screen.......................................................................................................................................09

High-frequencyScreen............................................................................................................................................11

Linear Vibrating Screen..........................................................................................................................................12

■ GRINDING

Energy Saving Ball Mill.........................................................................................................................................15

Rod Mill..................................................................................................................................................................17

Autogenous/Semi-AutogenousMill........................................................................................................................18

Vertical Mill............................................................................................................................................................20

High-pressure Raymond Mill..................................................................................................................................23

Roller Press.............................................................................................................................................................24

■ FEEDING

Plate Feeder............................................................................................................................................................27

Belt Feeder.............................................................................................................................................................28

Chute Feeder..........................................................................................................................................................29

Disk Feeder............................................................................................................................................................30

Vibrating Feeder.....................................................................................................................................................31

■ CLASSIFYING

Spiral Classifier......................................................................................................................................................33

Wheel Sand Washer...............................................................................................................................................34

Hydrocyclone.........................................................................................................................................................36

- 2 -

■ FLOTATING

GF/BF/JJF Air Self-suction Mechanical Flotation Cell.........................................................................................39

KYF Pneum-mechanical Flotation Cell.................................................................................................................40

CLF Coarse Particle Flotation Cell........................................................................................................................41

CCF Flotation Column...........................................................................................................................................42

■ AGITATING

High-efficiency Agitation Tank..............................................................................................................................44

Lifting Agitation Tank............................................................................................................................................45

Normal Agitation Tank...........................................................................................................................................46

High-concentration Agitation Tank........................................................................................................................47

Reagent Agitation Tank..........................................................................................................................................48

■ GRAVITY SEPARATING

Jigger......................................................................................................................................................................50

Centrifugal Separator..............................................................................................................................................51

Shaking Table.........................................................................................................................................................52

Spiral Chute............................................................................................................................................................53

■ MAGNETIC SEPARATING

Dry Magnetic Separator..........................................................................................................................................55

Wet Magnetic Separator.........................................................................................................................................56

■ THICKENING

High-efficiency Thickener......................................................................................................................................58

Center Transmission Thickener..............................................................................................................................58

Peripheral Transmission Thickener........................................................................................................................59

Tilted Plate Thickener.............................................................................................................................................61

High-Efficiency Deep-Cone Thickener..................................................................................................................62

■ FILTERING

Ceramic Filter.........................................................................................................................................................64

Disk Vacuum Filter................................................................................................................................................65

Inorganic Membrane Vacuum Filter......................................................................................................................67

Horizontal Vacuum Belt Filter...............................................................................................................................68

Cylindrical (Drum) Vacuum Filter.........................................................................................................................70

Vertical Automatic PressFilter...............................................................................................................................71

Vacuum Belt PressFilter.........................................................................................................................................73

- 3 -

■ COOLING

Cooling Tower........................................................................................................................................................76

Cooling Stave..........................................................................................................................................................79

Cooling Fan.............................................................................................................................................................83

Evaporative Condenser ..........................................................................................................................................84

Annular Cooler........................................................................................................................................................86

Belt Cooler..............................................................................................................................................................87

Grate Cooler............................................................................................................................................................88

■ DRYING

Rotatory Kiln..........................................................................................................................................................91

Rotatory Dryer........................................................................................................................................................92

■ TRANSPORTING

Wheel Loader.........................................................................................................................................................96

Crawler Excavator..................................................................................................................................................97

Off-highway Heavy Duty Truck............................................................................................................................100

Truck Crane............................................................................................................................................................101

Overhead Crane......................................................................................................................................................103

TD75 Belt Conveyor..............................................................................................................................................104

DTII Belt Conveyor...............................................................................................................................................105

DY Movable Belt Conveyor..................................................................................................................................106

Bucket Elevator......................................................................................................................................................108

Scraper Chain Conveyor........................................................................................................................................111

Screw Conveyor.....................................................................................................................................................113

Side Cantilever Stacker..........................................................................................................................................115

Coke Quenching Car..............................................................................................................................................116

Electric Flat Car.....................................................................................................................................................117

Iron Ladle Car........................................................................................................................................................119

Ladle Car................................................................................................................................................................120

Slag Pot Carrier......................................................................................................................................................121

■ DEDUSTING

LCM Long-Bag Pulse Precipitator........................................................................................................................123

LCMG-II High TemperatureLong-Bag Pulse Precipitator....................................................................................124

LPM Air-shaking Bag Precipitator........................................................................................................................126

LPMM Bag Pulse Precipitator -Coal Mill.............................................................................................................128

HMC Small Bag Pulse Precipitator ......................................................................................................................129

ZMC Middle Bag Pulse Precipitator .....................................................................................................................130

Wet Electrostatic Precipitatorr...............................................................................................................................131

Low-Low Temperature Electrostatic Precipitator.................................................................................................133

Electrostatic-Fabric Integrated Precipitator...........................................................................................................134

- 4 -

■ PUMP

Water Pump...........................................................................................................................................................136

Petrochemical Pump..............................................................................................................................................140

Impurity Pump.......................................................................................................................................................141

Multistage Pump....................................................................................................................................................143

Submersible Pump.................................................................................................................................................145

Centrifugal Pump...................................................................................................................................................147

Vacuum Pump........................................................................................................................................................153

Screw Pump...........................................................................................................................................................154

Magnetic Pump......................................................................................................................................................156

Metering Pump......................................................................................................................................................157

Diaphragm Pump...................................................................................................................................................161

■ VALVE

Ball Valve...............................................................................................................................................................166

Butterfly Valve.......................................................................................................................................................169

Check Valve...........................................................................................................................................................172

Diaphragm Valve...................................................................................................................................................176

Drain Valve............................................................................................................................................................179

Knife Gate Valve...................................................................................................................................................181

Gate Valve.............................................................................................................................................................183

Globe Valve...........................................................................................................................................................186

Pressure Reducing Valve.......................................................................................................................................189

Plug Valve..............................................................................................................................................................192

Regulating Valve....................................................................................................................................................194

Safety Valve...........................................................................................................................................................196

■ Motor

DC Motor/Special DC Motor.................................................................................................................................200

AC Motor/Special AC Motor.................................................................................................................................203

Low-voltage High Power Motor............................................................................................................................206

High-voltage Motor................................................................................................................................................209

Synchronous Motor................................................................................................................................................211

High Efficiency Energy-saving Motor...................................................................................................................213

■ Reducer/Gearbox

Gear Reducer..........................................................................................................................................................218

Cycloidal Pinwheel Reducer..................................................................................................................................218

Planetary Gear Reducer..........................................................................................................................................219

Worm Gear Shaft Reducer.....................................................................................................................................220

Three-ring Gear Reducer........................................................................................................................................220

Reducer Motor........................................................................................................................................................221

- 5 -

Material Processing Gearbox.................................................................................................................................221

Mining Equipment Gearbox...................................................................................................................................221

Metallurgical Equipment Gearbox.........................................................................................................................222

■ Guide

Roller Guide/Slider Guide......................................................................................................................................224

■ APPENDIX

Flow Chart of Iron Steel Making Production Process...........................................................................................227

Flow Chart of Mining Benefication Production Process.......................................................................................228

Flow Chart of Stock-yard Production Process.......................................................................................................229

Flow Chart of Sintering Production Process..........................................................................................................230

Flow Chart of Coking Production Process.............................................................................................................230

Flow Chart of Pelletizing Production Process........................................................................................................231

Flow Chart of Blast Furnace Iron-making Production Process..............................................................................231

Flow Chart of Converter Steel-making Production Process...................................................................................232

Flow Chart of Continuous Casting Production Process..........................................................................................232

Flow Chart of Copper Production Process..............................................................................................................233

Flow Chart of Aluminium Production Process.......................................................................................................233

Flow Chart of Nickel Production Process...............................................................................................................234

Flow Chart of Gold Production Process.................................................................................................................235

Flow Chart of Coal Benefication Process...............................................................................................................236

Flow Chart of Active Lime Production Process.....................................................................................................236

Flow Chart of Cement Production Process.............................................................................................................237

Flow Chart of Thermal Power Production Process.................................................................................................23

- 1 -

CRUSHING

> Jaw Crusher

>Cone Crusher

>Hammer Crusher

>Impact Crusher

>Mobile Crusher Station

- 2 -

JawCrusher

Principle

Through cyclical movement of mobile jaw that swings around fixed jaw, materials

between the two jaws are extruded, which causes crushing effect.

Features

Large reduction ratio, optimum design of cavity, and high crushing efficiency.

High revolution speed of mobile jaw and curved jaw plate make high production

capacity.

Application

Jaw crusher is widely used in mineral processing, building materials, silicate

and chemical industry. In mineral processing industry production, it i s

commonly used for coarse intermediate crushing of hard or medium hard ores.

Technical Parameters

Model

PE-150×250

Feed opening

(mm) 150×250

Max

feeding

size

(mm)

125

Adjusting

range of

discharge

opening

(mm)

10-40

Processing

capacity

(t/h)

1-3

Rotation

speed of

eccentric

shaft

(r/min)

250

Motor power

(kw) 4P 5.5

Total

weight

(t)

0.8

Dimensions

（L×W×H）

(mm)

720×660×850

PE-200×300 200×300 180 15-50 2-6 260 4P 7.5 1.2 910×750×990

PE-200×350 200×350 180 18-70 3-10 260 4P 11 1.5 1000×870×990

PE-250×400 250×400 210 20-60 5-20 300 6P 15 2.8 1300×1090×1270

PE-400×600 400×600 340 40-100 16-60 275 6P 30 7 1730×1730×1630

PE-500×750 500×750 425 50-100 40-110 275 6P 55 12 1980×2080×1870

PE-600×750 600×750 500 150-200 80-240 275 6P 55 15.8 2070×2000×1920

PE-600×900 600×900 500 65-160 50-180 250 6P 55 17 2190×2206×2300

PE-750×1060 750×1060 630 80-140 110-320 250 8P 110 29 2660×2430×2800

PE-800×1060 800×1060 640 130-190 130-330 250 8P 110 29.8 2710×2430×2800

PE-830×1060 830×1060 650 160-220 150-336 250 8P 110 30.7 2740×2430×2800

PE-870×1060 870×1060 660 200-260 190-336 250 8P 110 31.5 2810×2430×2800

PE-900×1060 900×1060 685 230-290 230-390 250 8P 110 33 2870×2420×2940

PE-900×1200 900×1200 750 95-165 220-450 200 8P 110 52 3380×2870×3330

PE-1000×1200 1000×1200 850 195-265 315-500 200 8P 110 55 3480×2876×3330

PE-1200×1500 1200×1500 1020 150-350 400-800 180 6P 160-220 100.9 4200×3300×3500

PE-1500×1800 1500×1800 1200 220-350 500-1000 180 8P 280-355 139 5160×3660×4248

PE-1600×2100 1600×2100 1500 300-400 1300-2200 160 8P 350-380 150.6 6210×4013×4716

- 3 -

Cone Crusher

Principle

The rotation of eccentric sleeve driven by motor makes cranking motions of

movable eccentric cone and fixed cone, which achieves the purpose of crushing.

Features

The suspension of moving cone is supported by ball bearings. Water-sealing

dust proof device is used for lasting seal.

Application

Cone crusher is mainly used for intermediate fine crushing of various

hardness of within the range of 5-16, such as iron ore, non-ferrous

metallic ore, granite, limestone, quartzite, sandstones, pebbles, etc.


Specification

Model

Diameter of

large end of

crushing cone

(mm)

Max.

feeding size

(mm)

Width of

discharge

opening

(mm)

Processing

capacity

(t/h)

Motor

power

(kw)

Total

weight

（t）

Dimensions

(L×W×H)

（mm）

Φ600

PYB600 600

65 12-25 40 8P 30

5 2234×1370×1675

PYD600 35 3-13 43457 5.5 2234×1370×1675

Φ900

PYB900 900

115 15-50 50-90 8P 55

11.2 2692×1640×2350

PYZ900 60 5-20 20-65 11.2 2692×1640×2350

PYD900 50 3-13 15-50 11.3 2692×1640×2350

Φ1200

PYB1200 1200

145 20-50 110-168 8P 110

24.7 2790×1878×2844

PYZ1200 100 8-25 42-135 25 2790×1878×2844

PYD1200 50 3-15 18-105 25.3 2790×1878×2844

Φ1750

PYB1750 1750

215 25-50 180-360 8P 160

50.3 3910×2894×3809

PYZ1750 185 10-30 80-210 50.3 3910×2894×3809

PYD1750 85 5-13 60-180 50.2 3910×2894×3809

Φ2200

PYB2200 2200

300 30-60 420-700 8P 280-260

80 4622×3302×4470

PYZ2200 230 10-30 130-410 80 4622×3302×4470

PYD2200 100 5-15 80-200 81.4 4622×3302×4470

- 4 -

Hammer Crusher

Principle

Hammer Crusher is composed of rack, rotor, sieve bar, hammer,etc. Motor drives rotor

through transmission belt, and materials are crushed due to the collision between hammer

and materials produced by the rotation of rotor.

Features

Large reduction ratio, optimum design of c av i ty , and high

crushing efficiency.

High revolution speed of mobile jaw and curved jaw plate make high production

capacity.

Application

Hammer Crusher is suitable for crushing materials such as coal, gypsum,

alum, and limestone. The compressive strength of materials is no more than

1000 kg/cm², and the humidity is no more than 15%.


Specification

PCΦ400×300

Capacity

(m³/h)

5-10

Motor Power

(kw)

4P 11KW

PCΦ600×400 10-22 4P 22KW

PCΦ800×600 18-40 6P 55KW

PCΦ1000×800 25-50 8P 75KW

PCΦ1000×1000 30-55 8P 90KW

Impact Crusher

Principle

Materials are crushed by impact force. The motor drives high-speed rotation of rotor;

materials collide with plate hammer on the rotor, and are crushed due to the

high-speed impact of plate hammer; materials affected by crushing will be struck

back on lining plate to crush again; finally, they will be discharged from outlet.

Adjustment of the clearance between back striking rack and rotor rack can change

discharge size and material shape.

Application

Impact crusher is used in metallurgy, mining, cement, chemical, refractory

materials and ceramic industry, as well as the highway construction, water

conservancy project, crushed stone in architecture, mechanism sand

processing, etc.

Model

PF-1007

Specification

（mm）

Φ1000×700

Feed

opening

（mm）

400×730

The Maximum

Feeding Size

（mm）

300

Capacity

（t/h）

30-70

Power

（kw）

4P 37-45

Total

weight

（t）

12

Overall dimension

（L×W×H）

（mm）

2330×1660×2300

PF-1010 Φ1000×1050 400×1080 350 50-90 4P 45-66 15 2370×1700×2390

PF-1210 Φ1250×1050 400×1080 350 70-130 6P 110 17.7 2680×2160×2800

PF-1214 Φ1250×1400 400×1430 350 100-180 6P 132 22.4 2650×2460×2800

PF-1315 Φ1320×1500 860×1520 500 130-250 6P 200 27 3180×2720×2620

PF-1320 Φ1300×2000 993×2000 500 165-320 6P 250 34 3220×3100×2620

PF-1520 Φ1500×2000 830×2040 700 300-550 4P 315-400 50.6 3959×3564×3330

PF-1820 Φ1800×2000 1260×2040 800 600-800 6P 630-710 83.21 4400×3866×4009

- 5 -

Mobile Crusher Station

Brief Introduction

The launch of mobile crusher eliminates the fussy steel-frame structure and the

infrastructure construction during the crushing process, thus saving a lot of time.

Mobile crushing station can be directly driven to the working site without

transporting the materials to be crushed, so that it is especially suitable for

processing building wastes. Even though mobile crushers greatly reduce the

investment cost, they improve the investment income.

Features

Mobile crushing station has the features of reasonable configuration of all

levels of crushing equipment, smooth discharging, reliable working

condition, convenient operation and high efficiency and energy conservation.

What is more, it has high mobility and can extend together with the raw

materials place or the working site and can combine different crushing and

screening machines, so that it can satisfy the crushing needs of different

materials.

Application

Mobile crusher is a type of mining machine that can perform the functions of

both crushing and screening. China mobile crusher is mainly used in the

industries that need material transportation such as metallurgy, chemistry,

building material and water and electricity.

Mobile Impact Crusher Station Technical Parameters

Model

HX938F1210

HX938FW1214

HX1149F1315

HX1349HD1110

HX1349HD1315

Transportation Length（mm） 12000 12000 13900 15450 15450

Transportation Width（mm） 2550 2550 2900 2950 2950

Transportation Height（mm） 3900 3900 4450 4500 4500

Maximum Length（mm） 12500 12500 13900 15450 15450

Maximum Width（mm） 3250 3260 3250 3250 3250

Maximum Height（mm） 5100 5200 5200 5200 5200

Weight（t） 39 44 54 62 62

Crusher Model PF-1210 PF-1214 PF-1315 HD1110 HD1315

The Maximum Feeding Size（mm） 350 350 500 400 700

Production Capacity（t/h） 70-130 100-180 130-250 112 280

Vibrating Feeder ZSW950×3800 ZSW950×3800 ZSW110×4900 ZSW130×4900 ZSW130×4900

Main Belt Conveyor B800×8.5M B800×8.5M B1000×9.5M B800×11M B1200×11M

Side-opening Belt

conveyor (Optional)

B500×3.2M

B500×3.2M

B650×4M

B650×4M

B650×4M

- 6 -

Genset (Optional) （kw） 320 320 400 320 440

Iron Separator (Optional)（kw） RCYD(C)-8 RCYD(C)-8 RCYD(C)-10 RCYD(C)-8 RCYD(C)-12

Mobile Jaw Crusher Station Technical Parameters

Model

HX938HD80

HX1149HD98

HX1349HD110

HX1349HD125

Transportation Length(mm) 12600 13500 14500 15200

Transportation Width(mm) 2600 2700 2800 2900

Transportation Height(mm) 3870 4200 4450 4500

Maximum Length(mm) 12500 14000 16100 14700

Maximum Width(mm) 4100 4500 5100 5100

Maximum Height(mm) 4100 4900 5000 5300

Weight(t) 39 57 55 65

Tire Configuration Dual-axial Dual-axial Dual-axial Dual-axial

Jaw Crusher HD80 HD98 HD110 HD125

Maximum Feeding Size(mm) 500 550 660 800

Discharge Opening Size(mm) 50-150 75-175 100-200 125-225

Capacity(t/h) 85-275 110-350 215-510 280-650

Vibrating Model ZSW380×95 ZSW420×110 ZSW490×130 ZSW490×130

Main Belt Conveyor B800×8.5M B1000×9.5M B1000×11M B1200×11M

Side-opening Belt conveyor (Optional) B500×3M B650×3.5M B650×4M B650×4M

Genset (Optional) (kw) 200 250 270 400

Iron Separator (Optional) RCYD(C)-8 RCYD(C)-10 RCYD(C)-10 RCYD(C)-12

- 7

- 8 -

SCREENING

>Circular Vibrating Screen

>High-frequency screen

>Linear Vibrating Screen

- 9 -

Circular Vibrating Screen

Principle

Circular vibrating screen is mainly composed of screen box, screen mesh, vibrator, damping springs, etc. Mounted on the side

plate of the screen box and driven by the motor through V belt, the vibrator rotates, generates centrifugal force, and drives the

vibration of the screen box, which is the vibrating object with the motion likely circular movement trail. During the period,

materials with the particle size smaller than the diameter of sieve pore will fall down to the lower layer, and become screen

underflow. Materials with the particle size larger than the diameter of sieve pore will be discharged from the outlet through

continuous jumping. Ultimately, the screening is finally completed.

Features

Feed Size：≤400mm

Capacity：8-800m³/h

Vibrator with eccentric shaft and eccentric block enables stable operation and highly efficient screening. Step out of materials

stuck in the mesh prevents sieve blocking;

Low stress damping spring enables low noise during operation;

Ultra-heavy large clearance bearings enable low operating temperature and long service life;

The frame structure of ring-grooved rivet and plate-type screen box enables high structural strength of screen frame. World

renowned wear-resistant rubber mesh can be provided;

Simple structure and easy to disassemble and replace, less electricity power consumption.

Application

Circular vibrating screen is a new high-efficiency vibrating screen with multi-layers. It has reliable structure, strong exciting force,

high screening efficiency, small vibration noise and easy maintenance; the vibrating screen is widely used in mining, building

materials, coal, metallurgy, transportation, electric power, chemical industry and classification industry.


Model

Sieve

layer

Sieve

area

(㎡)

Mesh

size

(mm)

Max.

feed

size

(mm)

Process

capacity

(m³/h)

Vibrating

Frequency

(r/min)

Double

amplitude

(mm)

Motor

power

(kw)

Sieve

obliqu

ity

(°)

Sieve

specification

(mm)

Total

weight

(kg)

Dimensions

(L×W×H)

(mm)

2YK1225 2 6 4-50 400 8-60 800-970 8 6P 5.5 20 1200×2500 3500 2930×1860×870

3YK1225 3 9 4-50 400 10-70 800-970 8 6P 5.5 20 1200×2500 3850 3070×1860×1210

2YK1230 2 7.2 4-50 400 12-78 800-970 8 6P 7.5 20 1200×3000 4200 3430×1860×870

3YK1230 3 10.8 4-50 400 13-80 800-970 8 6P 7.5 20 1200×3000 4600 3570×1860×1210

2YK1237 2 8.88 4-50 400 15-86 800-970 8 6P 7.5 20 1200×3700 4600 4050×1860×870

3YK1237 3 13.32 4-50 400 16-90 800-970 8 6P 7.5 20 1200×3700 5200 4270×1860×1210

2YK1535 2 10.5 5-50 400 20-125 800-970 8 6P 11 20 1500×3500 5890 4120×2210×1230

3YK1535 3 15.75 5-50 400 21-125 800-970 8 6P 11 20 1500×3500 6700 4360×2210×1610

2YK1545 2 13.5 5-50 400 22-150 800-970 8 6P 15 20 1500×4500 6330 5120×2210×1230

3YK1545 3 20.25 5-50 400 22-150 800-970 8 6P 15 20 1500×4500 6800 5360×2210×1610

4YK1545 4 27 5-50 400 22-155 800-970 8 6P 18.5 20 1500×4500 7800 5930×2210×2060

2YK1548 2 14.4 5-50 400 22.5-162 800-970 8 6P 15 20 1500×4800 6980 5420×2210×1230

3YK1548 3 21.6 5-50 400 22.5-162 800-970 11 6P 15 20 1500×4800 7700 5660×2210×1610

4YK1548 4 28.8 5-50 400 22.5-162 800-970 8 6P 18.5 20 1500×4800 8700 6230×2210×2060

2YK1848 2 17.28 5-80 400 25-206 750 8 6P 18.5 20 1800×4800 9080 5420×2550×1420

3YK1848 3 25.92 5-80 400 32-276 750 8 6P 18.5 20 1800×4800 9600 5660×2550×1780

4YK1848 4 34.56 5-80 400 32-285 750 8 6P 22 20 1800×4800 11100 6290×2550×2160

2YK1854 2 19.44 5-80 400 32-312 800-970 8 6P 18.5 20 1800×5400 10150 5960×2550×1420

3YK1854 3 29.16 5-80 400 32-312 800-970 8 6P 22 20 1800×5400 10840 6260×2550×1780

4YK1854 4 38.88 5-80 400 32-336 800-970 8 6P 30 20 1800×5400 12840 6830×2550×2160

2YK2160 2 25.2 5-100 400 50-475 970 8 6P 30 20 2100×6000 11780 6720×2840×1530

3YK2160 3 37.8 5-100 400 50-475 970 8 6P 30 20 2100×6000 12800 7030×2840×1910

4YK2160 4 50.4 5-100 400 50-497 970 8 6P 37 20 2100×6000 14800 7300×2840×2380

2YK2460 2 28.8 5-100 400 65-550 970 8 6P 37 20 2400×6000 15600 7020×3140×1530

3YK2460 3 43.2 5-100 400 70-620 970 8 6P 37 20 2400×6000 17600 7300×3140×1910

4YK2460 4 57.6 5-100 400 80-680 970 8 6P 45 20 2400×6000 19600 7600×3140×2380

2YK2870 2 39.2 5-100 400 120-680 750 8 8P 22×2 20 2800×7000 21200 7600×4320×1620

3YK2870 3 58.8 5-100 400 180-720 750 8 8P 22×2 20 2800×7000 22400 7800×4320×2120

2YK3072 2 43.2 5-100 400 200-700 750 8 8P 22×2 20 3000×7200 23600 7800×4520×1750

3YK3072 3 64.8 5-100 400 230-800 750 8 8P 22×2 20 3000×7200 25500 8000×4520×2300

- 10 -

- 11 -

High-frequency Screen

Principle

When the machine operates, the low frequency electromagnetic vibrator vibrates the feeder and outputs part of the mesh screen

directly to move the whole screen. At the same time, the high frequency electromagnetic vibrator shakes the middle of mesh screen

through the rubber cushion. The mesh screen is composed of three stainless steel screen layers; the lowest screen layer is high

strength primary screen which is connected with the shake motor; the other two layers are workable screen in mine processing.

Features

Processing ability: 15–48 t/h

Thickness of input material: 30%–40%

Power: 0.72–2.2 kw

Screen area: 4.5–8.1 m2

Advanced structure: With the new principle design, it is a new structure of high efficiency sieve surface vibration screening

machine, generally using nylon or stainless steel sieve plate;

High vibration intensity: The vibration frequency of the screen is 50Hz, the amplitude is 0~2 millimeter, and the vibration

intensity is 8~10 times of the gravitational acceleration, which is 2~3 times the vibration strength of the general mechanical

vibrating screen;

No-blocking and simple deal with: The sieve surface is no-blocking, high efficiency, and the processing ability is great. It is

especially suitable for the screening of fine powder material. The grading size is 0.074 to 1mm.;

Long component life: The composite upper layer is the working network, and screening is directly contacted with the material.

The bottom layer of the composite lower layer is the bottom network, which is used for dispersing force and transmitting vibration,

so as to ensure the high screening efficiency and prolong the service life of the work network.

Application

High-frequency screen widely used in mineral processing, coal preparation, chemical fertilizer, building materials, chemical

industry, food and other industries. It is an ideal screening equipment for medium and fine grain material dry, wet classification,

dehydration and removal.

- 12 -


Specification

Screen area

(m²)

Capacity

（t/h）

Power

（kw）

Thickness of

input material (%)

GPS-4 4.5 15-25 0.72 30%-40%

GPS-5 5.2 20-30 1.1 30%-40%

GPS-6 6 24-36 1.5 30%-40%

GPS-8 8.1 32-48 2.2 30%-40%

Linear Vibrating Screen

Principle

While two vibration motors doing synchronous rotation or counter rotation, the exciting force generated by eccentric block is

cancelled out with transverse exciting force, and the longitudinal exciting resultant force is passed on the whole screen surface, in

this way, the motion track of screening machine is a straight line. There is an inclination between the exciting force direction and

screen surface, under the action of resultant force of exciting force and material gravity, the materials on screen surface are thrown

up and jumped forward in a straight line. In this way, the materials screening and classifying are achieved.

Features

『Feed Size』：≤300mm

『Capacity』：10-600t/h

The power of the motor is small, and it is usually only 1/4-1/5 of other kinds of screen;

The sieving efficiency is high and the precision is high;

The transferring load to the foundation is small, and the foundation does not need special treatment;

All closed structure, automatic discharge;

The sieves are welded by the ligation of the steel plate (part of the body is a bolt connection) and the overall stiffness is just right

and reliable;

Screen mesh is made of wear-resistant rubber with long service life.

Application

Linear vibrating screen is widely used for screening any dry materials whose diameter is 0.074-15mm and the biggest feeding

granularity is less than 20mm. This sieve shaker machine is widely used for the classification and separation of powdery and

medium and small-granularity materials in metallurgy, chemistry, fertilizer, medicine, food, ceramics, coal, refractory and building

material industry.


Model

Sieve

specification

(L×W)

(mm)

Sieve

layer

Mesh

size

(mm)

Feed

size

(mm)

Capacity

(t/h)

Motor

power

(kw)

Total

weight

(kg)

Vibrate

frequency

(Hz)

Double

amplitude

(mm)

Dimensions

(L×W×H)

(mm)

ZSG1237

3700×1200

1

4-50

≤200

10-100

5.5×2

2250

16

6-8

3800×2050×1920

2ZSG1237 3700×1200 2 4-50 ≤200 10-100 5.5×2 3345 16 6-8 3800×2050×2200

ZSG1443 4300×1400 1 4-50 ≤200 10-150 5.5×2 4100 16 6-8 4500×3040×2500

2ZSG1443 4300×1400 2 4-50 ≤200 10-150 5.5×2 4900 16 6-8 4500×3040×2700

3ZSG1443 4300×1400 3 4-50 ≤200 10-150 5.5×2 5870 16 6-8 4500×3040×2820

2ZSG1548 4800×1500 2 5-50 ≤200 15-200 7.5×2 5836 16 8-10 4800×3140×2814

3ZSG1548 4800×1500 3 5-50 ≤200 15-200 7.5×2 6900 16 8-10 4799×3140×3014

2ZSG1848 4800×1800 2 5-50 ≤300 50-500 7.5×2 6489 16 8-10 4799×3440×2814

3ZSG1848 4800×1800 3 5-50 ≤300 50-500 7.5×2 7750 16 8-10 4799×3440×3014

4ZSG1848 4800×1800 4 5-50 ≤200 50-500 11×2 8300 16 8-10 4799×3440×3503

2ZSG1860

6000×1800

2

5-150

≤300

80-600

11×2

9950

16

8-10

6000×3440×3326

- 13 -

- 14 -

GRINDING

>Energy Saving Ball Mill

>Rod Mill

>Autogenous/Semi-Autogenous Mill

>Vertical Mill

>High-pressure Raymond Mill

>Roller Press

- 15 -

Energy Saving Ball Mill

Brief Introduction

Cylindrical energy saving grid ball mill design consist of feeding part, discharging part, rotary part, transmission part (reducer,

small gear, motors, electrical control) and other major parts. Hollow shaft is steel castings, and the liner is detachable. Rotary gear

is processed by casting hobbing. The cylinder is lined wear-resistant liner plate with good resistance to wear. This machine works

stably.

Ball mill is the key equipment for grinding after the crushing process, and it is widely used in the manufacture industries, such as

cement, silicate, new building material, refractory material, fertilizer, ferrous metal, nonferrous metal and glass ceramics; it also

can be used for the dry and wet grinding for all kinds of ores and other grindable materials. When ball mill is working, it is

available to added water or without adding water; therefore, it can be divided into dry ball mill and wet ball mill. Generally, in the

ore dressing process, adding water to grind slurry is commonly used, so in ore beneficiation plant, wet ball mill is always used.

Dry ball mill is mainly used for crushing materials, if steel bars are added, it can be used for sand making, which is also called rod

type sand making machine.

According to different discharge ways, wet ball mill can be divided into overflow type ball mill and lattice type ball mill. The main

difference lies in the discharge mode, one is to add water continuously and then the slurry will be discharged from the discharging

mouth; the other is to use the lattice board to discharge the qualified materials.

Advantages

Large double row self-aligning roller bearing with low friction force is used to replace sliding bearing, which is easy to start and

saves 20-30% energy;

Cylindrical energy saving grid ball mill is lined grooved ring plate which increases the contact surface of ball and ore and

strengthens the grinding;

Large ore outlet and large capacity;

The mill with diameter below 2.1 meters adopts whole machine frame, which is convenient for civil construction and equipment

installation;

Oil mist lubrication device guarantees the lubrication of all gears.


Model

Shell rotation

speed

Ball load

Feed size

Discharge size

Capacity

Motor

power

Total

weight

（r/min） (t) (mm) (mm) (t/h) (kw) (t)

Ф900×1800 36-38 1.5 ≤20 0.075-0.89 0.65-2 18.5 5.85

Ф900×3000 36 2.7 ≤20 0.075-0.89 1.1-3.5 22 6.98

Ф1200×2400 36 3 ≤25 0.075-0.6 1.5-4.8 30 13.6

Ф1200×3000 36 3.5 ≤25 0.074-0.4 1.6-5 37 14.3

Ф1200×4500 32.4 5 ≤25 0.074-0.4 1.6-5.8 55 15.6

Ф1500×3000 29.7 7.5 ≤25 0.074-0.4 2-5 75 19.5

Ф1500×4500 27 11 ≤25 0.074-0.4 3-6 110 22

Ф1500×5700 28 12 ≤25 0.074-0.4 3.5-6 130 25.8

Ф1830×3000 25.4 11 ≤25 0.074-0.4 4-10 130 34.5

Ф1830×4500 25.4 15 ≤25 0.074-0.4 4.5-12 155 38

Ф1830×6400 24.1 21 ≤25 0.074-0.4 6.5-15 210 43

Ф1830×7000 24.1 23 ≤25 0.074-0.4 7.5-17 245 43.8

Ф2100×3000 23.7 15 ≤25 0.074-0.4 6.5-36 155 45

Ф2100×4500 23.7 24 ≤25 0.074-0.4 8-43 245 56

Ф2100×7000 23.7 26 ≤25 0.074-0.4 12-48 280 59.5

Ф2200×4500 21.5 27 ≤25 0.074-0.4 9-45 280 54.5

Ф2200×6500 21.7 35 ≤25 0.074-0.4 14-26 380 61

Ф2200×7000 21.7 35 ≤25 0.074-0.4 15-28 380 62.5

Ф2200×7500 21.7 35 ≤25 0.074-0.4 15-30 380 64.8

Ф2400×3000 21 23 ≤25 0.074-0.4 7-50 245 58

Ф2400×4500 21 30 ≤25 0.074-0.4 8.5-60 320 72

Ф2700×4000 20.7 40 ≤25 0.074-0.4 22-80 380 95

Ф2700×4500 20.7 48 ≤25 0.074-0.4 26-90 480 102

Ф3200×4500

18

65

≤25

0.074-0.4

As per process

conditions

630

149

Ф3600×4500

17

90

≤25

0.074-0.4

As per process

conditions

850

169

Ф3600×6000

17

110

≤25

0.074-0.4

As per process

conditions

1250

198

Ф3600×8500 18 131 ≤25 0.074-0.4 45.8-256 1800 260

Ф4000×5000 16.9 121 ≤25 0.074-0.4 45-208 1500 230

Ф4000×6000 16.9 146 ≤25 0.074-0.4 65-248 1600 242

Ф4000×6700 16.9 149 ≤25 0.074-0.4 75-252 1800 249

Ф4500×6400 15.6 172 ≤25 0.074-0.4 84-306 2000 280

Ф5030×6400 14.4 216 ≤25 0.074-0.4 98-386 2500 320

Ф5030×8300 14.4 266 ≤25 0.074-0.4 118-500 3300 403

Ф5500×8500 13.8 338 ≤25 0.074-0.4 148-615 4500 525

- 16 -

- 17 -

Rod Mill

Brief Introduction

Both ends are respectively connected with the feeding hollow shaft and the discharging hollow shaft, and they are horizontally

supported on the two main bearings. Spirals are installed in the feeding hollow shaft and the discharging hollow shaft. Through the

big gear ring which is fixed on one end of the barrel, the small gear drives the rotation of the rotary part through the reducer and

the motor.

A liner is installed in the barrel, which can be used to protect the barrel and take the steel rod to an appropriate height so that

improve the efficiency.

Features

The features of rod mill are that in the ore grinding process, the grinding media contact with the ore in a linear manner, so that it

has selective grinding function. The granularity of the final products is even, and the amount of the particles that are over

crushed and ground is low. When used for coarse grinding, the processing amount of rod mill is higher than that of the ball mill

with the same specification.


Model

Shell Specifications

（mm）

Shell rotation

speed

Feeding size

Discharge size

Process

capacity

Power

Total

weight

Diameter Length （r/min） (mm) (mm) (t/h) (kw) (t)

MBS0918 900 1800 36-38 ≤25 0.833-0.147 0.62-3.2 18.5 5.9

MBS0924 900 2400 36 ≤25 0.833-0.147 0.81-4.3 22 6.7

MBS1224 1200 2400 36 ≤25 0.833-0.147 1.1-4.9 30 13.9

MBS1530 1500 3000 29.7 ≤25 0.833-0.147 2.4-7.5 75 19.8

MBS1830 1830 3000 25.4 ≤25 0.833-0.147 4.8-11.6 130 34.9

MBS2130 2100 3000 23.7 ≤25 0.833-0.147 14-35 155 46.5

MBS2136 2100 3600 23.7 ≤25 0.833-0.147 19-43 180 48.7

MBS2430 2400 3000 21 ≤50 0.833-0.147 25-65 245 59.7

MBS2736 2700 3600 20.7 ≤50 0.833-0.147 32-86 380 92.5

MBS2740 2700 4000 20.7 ≤50 0.833-0.147 32-92 400 95

MBS3245 3200 4500 18 ≤50 0.833-0.147 64-180 630 149

- 18 -

Autogenous /Semi-Autogenous Mill

Brief Introduction

Autogenous (AG) Mill

This autogenous mill is typically designed to grind ores and other particulate matter in various fields like building material field,

chemical industry, metallurgy industry, refractory material sector, and so on. Besides, it can also be used to grind materials with

little iron content.

As its name suggests, it fan finish impacting and grinding materials totally by itself. So, it is quite easy to operate. Moreover, it

is easy and convenient to maintain, and is highly efficient.

Semi-autogenous grinding uses a minimal ball charge in the range of 6-15%, and is primarily been used in the gold, copper and

platinum industries but also in the lead, zinc, silver, and nickel industries.

Autogenous grinding involves no grinding media as the ore itself is the grinding media.

Semi-Autogenous (SAG) Mill

This semi-autogenous mill, also called semi-autogenous grinding mill or SAG mill, is mainly used to grind ores and other

particulate matter in different fields, like chemical industry, mining field, metallurgy industry, building material sector, and so on.

It is an autogenous mill in nature, but it employs grinding balls to assist in its grinding just like in a ball mill. And it is mainly used

in the first stage of grinding. When compared with a ball mill, it is characterized by its larger diameter and shorter length. The

inside of it is lined with lifting plates to lift the materials inside up and around the inside of the mill, where it then falls off the

plates into the rest of the ores. And it is widely used to process gold, copper, lead, zinc, alumina, nickel, platinum, etc.

Features

The cylindrical mill adopts the driving type edge-driving, center-driving, edge-driving with multi-point meshing, etc.; driven by

asynchronous motor +reducer +pinion and gear as well as synchronous motor +air l\clutch + pinion and gear.

Generally supported by static-dynamic pressure bearing on both ends. Fully closed self-aligning 120º osculation rocker bearing is

used. Also, single or double slipper static-dynamic bearings can be used. The bush is made by NC machine.

The large open gear is designed using AGMA standard, Equipped with reliably sealed gear housing and grease automatic spraying

lubrication system.

The shell is key part of a mill. Carry out finite element analysis on it with computer to ensure the reliable operation;

The shell is automatically welded, ultrasonic inspected, wholly annealed and machined by large special machine tools on one

chucking; there special seal on static-dynamic connection parts, ch as feed and discharge hoper, trunnion, etc., to prevent oil and

slurry leakage;

The liner is of wear-resistance material mad by our company, which has been specially heat-treated, with high hardness and long

service life. Also, other wear-resistance casting or rubber liner can be used;

There is slow speed drive for medium and large mill;

The high- and low-pressure lubricating station is equipped for medium and large mill;

- 19 -

The control and protection system are controlled by PLC.


Autogenous (AG) Mill

Cylinder diameter (mm)

Cylinder length (mm)

Effective area of

cylinder (m3)

Rotating speed at

work (r/min)

Power of main motor (kw)

4000 1600-3600 19-42 16.2 240-540

4500 1800-4100 27-61 15.3 360-830

5000 2000-4500 38-83 14.5 530-1200

5500 2200-5000 51-112 13.8 740-1700

6100 2400-5500 69-152 13.1 1050-2400

6700 2700-6000 93-201 12.5 1500-3300

7300 2900-6600 120-264 12 2000-4500

8000 3200-7200 160-347 11.4 2800-6200

8600 3400-7700 197-429 11 3500-7900

9200 3700-8300 246-530 10.7 4500-10000

9800 3900-8800 296-640 10.3 5600-12500

10400 4200-9400 359-770 10 7000-15400

11000 4400-9900 422-909 9.8 8400-19000

11600 4600-10400 492-1064 9.5 10000-22000

12200 4900-11000 580-1246 9.2 12000-27000

Semi-Autogenous (SAG) Mill

Cylinder diameter

(mm)

Cylinder length (mm)

Effective volume of

cylinder (m3)

Max. ball loading

capacity (t)

Rotate speed

(r/min)

Power of main motor (kw)

4000 1600-3600 19-42 13-29 16.2 310-710

4500 1800-4100 27-61 19-43 15.3 470-110

5000 2000-4500 38-83 27-58 14.5 700-1500

5500 2200-5000 51-112 36-78 13.8 960-2200

6100 2400-5500 69-152 48-106 13.1 1400-3100

6700 2700-6000 93-201 65-140 12.5 2000-4300

7300 2900-6600 120-264 84-184 12 2600-5900

8000 3200-7200 160-347 112-242 11.4 3600-8100

8600 3400-7700 197-429 137-299 11 4600-10000

9200 3700-8300 246-530 172-370 10.7 5900-13000

9800 3900-8800 296-640 206-446 10.3 7300-16000

10400 4200-9400 359-770 250-537 10 9100-20000

11000 4400-9900 422-909 294-634 9.8 11000-25000

11600 4600-10400 492-1064 343-742 9.5 13000-30000

12200 4900-11000 580-1246 405-869 9.2 16000-36000

- 20 -

Vertical Mill

Cement Vertical Mill

Coal Vertical Mill

Raw Vertical Mill

Slag Vertical Mill

Brief Introduction

Cement Vertical Mill

Application Industry: Cement Plant, Grinding Station

Output: 55~250 t/h

Specific Surface: 3300~3800 cm²/g

Power Consumption of System: 25~30 kWh/t

Features

1. Technique and technology is mature and stable

Cement vertical roller mill in the production of cement specific surface area up to 3800 cm²/ g with stable and reliable quality, it

already has been the ability completely to replace tube mill.

2. Reducing the power consumption of cement clinker preparation effectively

According to the display of pulverized coal measured data, it can be saving electricity above 30% use of vertical roller mill

production per ton cement clinker than traditional tube mill, and the power saving effect is very remarkable.

3. Stable, high-efficiency and environmental protection

There is a low vibration and noise in overall system, and equipment with whole sealing, system working under negative pressure

with no dust overflow, clean environment. Therefore, cement vertical roller mill meets the national environmental protection

requirements. With working mechanism changing, cement vertical roller mill can be reduced friction and improved service life.

4. With a strong casting capability and short delivery period

Great wall is the third enterprise which has a large-scale complete set casting company in domestic, and it can meet casting

capability of single 120t, meanwhile, it has a large-scale machining workshop, can reduce the delivery period of cement vertical

roller mill greatly.


Model

Grinding diameter Roll diameter Roller number Standard power Capacity

(mm) d(mm) (n) (kw) (t/h)

LKCM30.31 3,000 1,600 3 1250 55~60

- 21 -

LKCM32.31 3,200 1,700 3 1600 65~80

LKCM35.41 3,500 1,800 4 1800 85~100

LKCM40.41 4,000 1,900 4 2500 115~125

LKCM43.41 4,300 2,120 4 3000 135~145

LKCM46.41 4,600 2,240 4 3350 150~160

LKCM48.41 4,800 2,240 4 3550 170~180

LKCM50.41 5,000 2,360 4 3900 190~200

LKCM53.41 5,300 2,500 4 4600 210~230

LKCM56.61 5,600 2,500 6 5000 230~250

Coal Vertical Mill

Application Industry: Cement Plant, Steel Mill, Power Plant

Output: 5~70 t/h

Final Product Fineness: 80 μmR 3%

Power Consumption of System: 18~22 kWh/t

Description

This vertical coal mill is typically designed to process materials in medium hardness, like soft coal or bituminous coal, and it is

mainly used in positive pressure pulverizing system of soft coal. It is widely used in electricity field, metallurgy sector, building

material industry, chemical industry, and so on.

It has features of low energy consumption, small occupation area, easy operation, low noises, reliable performance, big crushing

ratio, long-lifespan grinding components, strong applicability, and so on.


Model

Grinding Diameter Roll diameter Roller number Standard power Capacity

(mm) (mm) (n） (kW) (t/h)

LKMC12.20 1200 900 2 110 5

LKMC16.20 1600 1000 2 250 12

LKMC18.20 1800 1120 2 330 18

LKMC20.30 2000 1250 3 430 20

LKMC22.30 2200 1400 3 590 30

LKMC23.30 2300 1450 3 640 35

LKMC26.30 2600 1600 3 810 44

LKMC28.30 2800 1750 3 1000 55

LKMC30.30 3000 1900 3 1250 65

LKMC35.30 3500 1900 3 1400 70

Raw Vertical Mill

Application Industry: Cement Plant

Output: 70~720 t/h

Final Product Fineness: 80 μmR 12~15%

Power Consumption of System: 17~20 kWh/tt

- 22 -

Features

1. High grinding efficiency: advanced grinding principles makes it possible to save as much as 20~30% power consumption when

compared with the ball mill. With the increasing of moisture content, it can save more and more electricity.

2. Strong drying capacity: it can make use of the hot waste gases from the kiln to do drying, and it is capable of drying and

grinding raw materials with moisture content as much as 15%.

3. Small in size, and simple process flow: it has integrated crushing, drying, grinding, separating and conveying into one body.

4. Low noises and little dust: there is no direct contact between the grinding rollers and grinding disc. So metallic impact is

avoided and its noises is 20~25 decibels lower when compared with ball mill. Totally closed negative pressure operation has

employed by this vertical raw mill, so there is no dust during the operation, which can help to keep the production environment

clean.

5. Low wear rate and little metallic pollution: its metal wear is only 5~10g/t.

6. With stable chemical composition and even particle size, its products are quite easy to calcine.


Model


（mm）（mm） (n) （kW）（t/h）

LKMR22.30 2200 1400 3 550 70

LKMR26.30 2600 1600 3 790 100

LKMR28.30 2800 1750 3 900 115

LKMR30.30 3000 1700 3 1000 120

LKMR32.30 3200 1500 3 1400 160

LKMR34.30 3400 1500 3 1600 180

LKMR36.41 3600 1600 4 1800 200

LKMR38.41 3800 1700 4 1900 230

LKMR40.41 4000 1800 4 2240 260

LKMR43.41 4300 1900 4 2500 310

LKMR46.41 4600 2060 4 3150 350

LKMR48.41 4800 2240 4 3350 390

LKMR50.41 5000 2360 4 3500 420

LKMR53.41 5300 2500 4 3800 470

LKMR56.41 5600 2600 4 4500 540

LKMR59.61 5900 2600 6 5000 610

LKMR63.61 6300 2700 6 6000 720

Slag Vertical Mill

Application Industry: Cement Plant, Grinding Station, Steel Mill

Output: 50~180 t/h

Specific Surface: 4200~4500 cm²/g

Power Consumption of System: ≤43 kWh/tt

Features

Vertical slag mill is typically designed to deal with industrial waste residues generated by the blast-furnace ironmaking. Due to its

high physical and chemical activity, and potential hydraulicity, the slag has been widely as admixture matters in the cement

- 23 -

industry. And the slag can replace the cement in the concrete to improve the quality and durability of the concrete.

Our vertical slag mill has features of high grinding efficiency, strong dry capacity, easy adjustment, low noises, low electricity

consumption, simple process flow, little abrasion, and so on.


Model


（mm）（mm） (n) （kW）（t/h）

LKMS33.31 3200 1700 3 1600 50

LKMS35.41 3500 1800 4 1800 60

LKMS40.41 4000 1900 4 2240 70

LKMS43.41 4300 2120 4 2800 90

LKMS46.41 4600 2240 4 3150 105

LKMS48.41 4800 2240 4 3550 125

LKMS50.41 5000 2360 4 3800 140

LKMS53.41 5300 2500 4 4200 160

LKMS56.61 5600 2500 6 5000 180

LKMS56.61 5600 2500 6 5000 180

High-pressure Raymond Mill

Brief Introduction

High pressure Raymond mill is a newly patented product designed by our general engineer on the basis of research experience and

actual condition of grinding mill from the customers focusing on the need of industry development which has initiated a new era of

high-efficient and low-energy consumption for international grinding industry.

It is suitable for processing various non-flammable and non-explosive mineral materials with Mohs hardness below 9.3 and

humidity below 6%, primarily used for powder processing of mineral products in industries such as metallurgy, building materials,

chemical, mining, expressway construction, water and electricity industries and so on.

It is an ideal choice for processing materials such as quartz, feldspar, calcite, limestone, talc, ceramics, marble, granite, dolomite,

bauxite, iron ore, bolognian stone, alta-mud, gangue and coal with finished particle size between 80 to 425 mesh, adjustable to the

minimum of 1000 mesh. On the other hand, it can produce cribble of 30 to 80 mesh by adding special device.

Advantages

1.Good effect in sealing;

2.Strong material applicability;

3.Classer easy to adjust;

- 24 -

4.Higher yield under same power;

5.Grinding pressure increased by 800-1500kg;

6.The finest finished size can reach 1000 mesh;

7.Dedusting effect fully meets the national standards.


Model 7826 8327 9517 130 160

Roller

Quantity 3 3 4 5 6

Diameter(mm) 260 270 310 410 450

Height(mm) 150 150 170 210 280

Rolling ring

Internal

diameter(mm)

780

830

950

1280

1600

Height(mm) 150 150 170 210 280

Max.feeding particle size(mm) 20 20 25 30 35

Finished particle size(mm) 0.61-0.033 0.61-0.033 0.61-0.033 0.61-0.033 0.61-0.033

Power of main engine (KW) 18.5 22 37 75 132

Power of blower (KW) 15 18.5 30 75 132

Power of classifier (KW) 2.2 2.2 5.5 7.5 11

External dimension(M) 5.65×3.305×5.95

5.6×3.4×5.9

7.1×5.9×7.9

9.2×7.2×9.7

12.55×5.7×8.3

Length*Width*Height

Roller Press

Brief Introduction

With our Roller Presses, the grinding pressure is transferred from the hydraulic system via the movable roll to the material bed and

absorbed in a stable, closed machine frame. A key feature is the mounting of the rollers in oil-lubricated cylindrical roller bearings.

The oil is both, lubricant and cooling agent. Alternatively, grease lubrication is possible. Power transmission from the electric

motors is affected via cardan shaft, fluid or safe set coupling and clamping disc fitted gear boxes, usually of planetary design.

Depending on the application, the rollers are either one-piece solid construction or shaft and tire design with suitable wear

protection for almost all applications in the cement and minerals industry.

Advantages

1. The press roller surface adopts hard alloy stud setting-in structure to increase the life time of the roller sleeve;

2. Universal coupling-planetary retarder-press roller to consist of shaft flexible drive system;

3. Compound structure of non-contact sealing and contact sealing are adopted at the side of the press roller;

- 25 -

4. Unique ellipse structure is used for the feeding pipe to make the feeding process smooth;

5. Oil spray lubrication system is used for the lubrication of the main bearing;

6. The main bearing adopts inner passage fully-sealing structure for cooling;

7. The hard alloy welding press roller surface or setting-in surface are available depending on the user’s need.

Application

1. Applicable for the mineral processing industry; it can be installed before the ball mill as pre-milling equipment or consist of

mixing grinding system with ball mill.

2. Applicable for oxide pellet industry instead of the commonly used damp mill.

3. Applicable for building material and fire-proof material industry; successful application for the grinding of clinker, limestone

and bauxite.


Type

Press roller

diameter

(mm)

Press roller

width

(mm)

Power

(kw)

Feeding

particle size

(mm)

Product

particle size

Passing

capacity

Weight

(t) (mm) （t/h）

90% 10% 70%-80%

GM52-20 520 200 2×90 ≤25 26-40 ≤3 31 13

GM65-22 650 220 2×110 ≤25 26-40 ≤3 43 19

GM80-30 800 300 2×132 ≤25 26-40 ≤3 70 30

GM90-30 900 300 2×150 ≤25 26-40 ≤3 129 38

GM100-40 1000 400 2×200 ≤25 26-40 ≤3 192 55

GM100-50 1000 500 2×280 ≤25 26-40 ≤3 240 60

GM120-60 1200 600 2×355 ≤30 26-40 ≤3 312 86

GM120-70 1200 700 2×400 ≤30 26-40 ≤3 403 93

GM120-80 1200 800 2×500 ≤30 26-40 ≤3 460 98

GM140-80 1400 800 2×550 ≤30 26-40 ≤3 538 110

GM140-110 1400 1100 2×800 ≤30 26-40 ≤3 739 133

GM140-140 1400 1400 2×1000 ≤30 26-40 ≤3 941 156

- 26 -

FEEDING

>Plate Feeder

>Belt Feeder

>Chute Feeder

>Disk Feeder

>Vibrating Feeder

- 27 -

Plate Feeder

Brief Introduction

Plate feeder has light type, medium type and heave type. Medium and heavy type are the common plate feeder consisting of.

1.Transmission device: motor, speed reducer, coupling etc.;

2.Head wheel: head frame, driving shaft, chain wheel, transmission shaft and front frame.

3.Chain

4.Chain plate

5.Tail wheel: chain wheel, rear rack, tension device etc.

Advantages

Compact structure, reliable quality; Wide application, high efficiency; Advanced technology.


Model

Chain Plate

Feed

Size

(mm)

Capacity

(m3/h)

Motor

Overall Dimension

(LXWXH) (mm)

Weight

(kg)

Width

(mm)

Center

Distance

of Chain

Wheel

(mm)

Speed

(m/s)

Model

Power

(kW)

GBH80-2.2 800

2200 0.01

~0.053

≤300

15 ~91

Y132M-4 7.5 3840X2850X1185 3722

GBH80-3 3000 XWED106-385-4 4 4868X2705X1060 4014

GBH80-4 4000 Y132M-4 5640X2986X1185 5087

GBH80-5.8 5800 0.18 ≤300 15 ~91 XWED7.5-8215A-231 7.5

7760×2823.5×1321 6526.7

GBH100-1.6 1000

1600 ≤0.15

≤350

22~131

Y160M-6

3240X3026X1235 3981

GBH100-3 3000 4640X3114X1235 4548

GBH100-4

4000

0.01

~0.053

22~131

XWED106-385-4

4

5648x2890x1160

5086

GBH120-1.8

1200

1800

≤0.15

300-40

0

35~217

Y160M-6

7.5

3440X3314X1235 3965

GBH120-2.2 2200 3840X3314X1285 4238

GBH120-2.6 2600 4240X3314X1285 4572

GBH120-3

3000

XWED7.5-8215A-273

4960X3150X1434

4886

(Exclude

Reducer)

GBH120-4 4000 Y160M-6 5640X3402.5X1285 6100

- 28 -

GBH120-4.5

4500

XWED7.5-8215A-273

6460X3150X1434

6350.6

(Exclude

Reducer)

GBH120-6

6000

300-40 35~217

XWED11-8225B-273

11

7960x3242x1434

8210

0

Belt Feeder

Brief Introduction

Belt feeder is a kind of belt conveying equipment, with a shorter length, and a lower belt speed. The hopper feeds minerals on the

belt. With the AC motor revolving, belt slowly moves toward and carries minerals to next production process to achieve

continuous feeding.

Advantages

It has two methods to adjust the production capacity: adjusting the rotating speed of the AC motor; adjusting the depth of the

adjusting gate;

Low power consumption, convenient operation;

Convenient installation, large conveying capacity. Low noise.


Model

Belt

Width

(mm)

Center Distance of

Head and Tail Wheel

(mm)

Diameter of Head

and Tail Wheel

(mm)

Feed

Capacity

(t/h)

Feed

Size

(mm)

Motor Model

Motor

power

(kW)

Weigh

(kg)

500X1000

500

1000 219

10~100 0~50 YCT112- 4B 0.75 266

500X1300 1300 10~100 0~50 YCT160 -4A 2.2 345

500X1500 1500 10~100 0~50 Y2.2-1.0-50-32 2.2 767

500X2000 2000 10~100 0~50 Y2.2-1.0-50-32 2.2 609.4

500X2800 2800 10~100 0~50 YCT160- 4A 2.2 670

500 X3000 3000 10~100 0~50 YCT160 -4A 2.2 697

500 X4000 4000 10~100 0~50 YCT160- 4A 2.2 736

650X1500 650 1500 10~100 0~50 YCT160- 4A 2.2 610

650X2600 650 2600 10~100 0~50 YCT160- 4A 2.2 636

650X4000 650 4000 10~100 0~50 YCT160- 4A 2.2 893

800 X2000 800 2000 15~150 0~80 YCT160- 4A 2.2 721

- 29 -

800 X3000 800 3000 15~150 0~80 YCT200- 4B 7.5 857.3

800 X4000 800 4000 15~150 0~80 YCT200- 4B 7.5 1012

800X4500 800 4500 400

15~150 0~80 YCT160- 4A 2.2 1200

1000X2000 1000

2000 200~450 0~80 YCT160- 4B 3 1549

1000X2500 2500 200~450 0 ~100 YCT160- 4B 3 2105

1000 X6000 6000 200~450 0 ~100 YCT225- 4A 11 5214

Chute Feeder

Brief Introduction

Chute feeder can be divided into three types: standard chute feeder, heavy chute feeder and barrel feeder. Chute feeder can be

installed on the ground or lifted at the discharging mouth of the ore storage bin. The chute base board moves back and forth and

the frequency of stroke are 20-60 times per minute and the stroke is 20-200mm.

Chute feeder is suitable to be used in ore beneficiation, coal, chemistry and other industrial departments and it is able to take out

the granulate massive materials from the storage bin and send them to different types of material receiving devices, but it is not

suitable for feeding concentrate powders or other powdery materials.

Advantages

Simple structure, even feeding, good continues performance;

Change and control flow and feeding volume at any time;

Stable transmission, high efficiency;

Compact structure, reasonable design;

Excellent quality, wide application.


Model

Outlet Dimension

(W X H) (mm)

Max. Feed

Size (mm)

Feed Capacity (t/h)

Motor Model

Motor Power

(kW)

Weight

(kg)

CG300X300 300X300 50 10~20 Y90L- 4 1. 5 265

CG400X400 400 X400 100 10~30 YCT160-4A 2. 2 640

CG600X500 600 X500 200 10~50 Y112M- 4

4

1045

CG700X500 700 X500 200 10~60 1100

CG1240X980 1240X980 350 36~90 Y160M- 6 7. 5 1710

- 30 -

Disk Feeder

Brief Introduction

Bulky materials entering into the cylinder from the hopper accumulate by itself weight on the disk. The natural angle of material is

controlled on the disk by adjusting the gap between the sleeve and disc. When the disk rotates, the materials are scraped into

accepted hopper by unloading knife, so with the continuous rotation of the disk, the materials are fed evenly. Adjust the gap

between the unloading knife and the disk to control the feeding volume.

Advantages

Stable working and easy operation;

Wide application, energy saving and efficient;

Large bearing capacity and stable operation;

Simple structure; even feeding; convenient maintenance; the best choice for feeding process of powder materials.


Model

Disk

Diameter

(mm)

Rotating Speed

(r/min)

Max. Feed Size

(mm)

Feed Capacity

(t/h)

Motor Model

Motor Power

(kW)

Weight

(kg)

YG300 300 10. 0 20

0~ 1. 8 Y80L- 4 0. 55 115

YG400 400 10. 7

0~ 2. 6 Y90L- 6

1. 1

120

YG500 500 0~ 3. 3 124

YG600 600 10. 0 0~5. 0 130

YG800 800 9 30 0~8. 0 Y80L- 4 0.55 195

YG1000 1000 9 30 0~ 12 Y90L- 4 1. 5 263

YG1500 1500 7 40 0~ 22 Y132M2-6 5. 5 755

YG2000 2000 5 50 0~80 Y160L-6 11 2517

DK600 600 7. 53 25 1. 8~ 3. 9 Y90L- 6

1. 1

410

DK800 800 7. 53 30 3. 5~ 7. 6 600

DK1000 1000 7.5 40 1.8~ 16.7 Y100L- 6 1. 5 725

DK1300 1300 6. 5 50 4. 3~27. 9 Y132S- 6 3 846

DK1600 1600 6 60 7.03~48.6 Y132M1- 6 4 1980

DK1800 1800 5

70 9.26~60 Y132M2- 6 5.5

3070

DK2000 2000 80 13.6~88.4 Y132M2- 6 3260

- 31 -

Vibrating Feeder

Brief Introduction

The vibration exciter is composed of two eccentric shafts with particular position. The large linear vibration force produced by

motor and the rotation of two eccentric shafts vibrates the machine. The materials are sliding and thrown so that it could move on.

When the materials pass the screen bars, the small ore falls through the clearance of screen bars.

Advantages

Stable operation, reliable work, long service life, continuous and feeding for crushing, rough screening, low power consumption,

easy adjustment, simple structure, easy installation, light weight, small volume and simple maintenance and it is widely used to

collocate with crushing and sieving equipment’s in many industries, including metallurgy, coal mine, mineral dressing, building

material, chemical, grinding, etc.


Model

Max. Feeding

Size

(mm)

Capacity

(t/h)

Motor

Power

(kw)

Obliquity of

material trough

(°)

Trough size

(mm)

Dimensions

(L×W×H)

(mm)

GZD-650×2300 300 80-100 1.1×2 43393 650×2300 2300×1360×780

GZD-750×2500 350 100-130 1.5×2 43393 750×2500 2500×1460×780

GZD-850×3000 400 120-150 3×2 43393 850×3000 3110×1800×1600

GZD-1000×3600 500 150-200 3.7×2 43393 1000×3600 3850×1950×1630

GZD-1100×3600 580 240-300 3.7×2 43393 1100×3600 3600×2050×1660

GZD-1300×3600 650 450-600 7.5×2 43393 1300×3600 3900×2350×1750

GZD-1500×3600 1050 450-1000 10×2 43393 1500×3600 3900×2000×1750

GZD-2000×3600 1200 550-1000 22×2 43393 2000×3600 3600×2000×1750

GZD-2500×5000 1500 650-1500 11 43393 2500×5000 5000×2500×1800

ZSW-380×95 500 100-180 11 0-10 3800×960 3800×1640×1320

ZSW-490×110 630 150-400 15 0-10 4900×1100 4980×1830×1320

ZSW-490×130 750 400-700 22 0-10 4900×1300 4980×2580×2083

ZSW-600×130 750 400-700 22 0-10 6000×1300 6082×2580×2083

ZSW-600×150 800 500-900 30 0-10 6000×1500 6086×2662×1912

ZSW-600×180 800 700-1500 37 0-10 6000×1800 6310×3262×2230

- 32 -

CLASSIFYING

>Spiral Classifier

>Wheel Sand Washer

>Hydro cyclone

- 33 -

Spiral Classifier

Brief Introduction

There are four types of classifiers, high weir type single and double spiral classifier, immersed single and double spiral classifier.

Spiral classifier (Screw classifier) is widely used for distributing ore in the close circuit with ball mill, grading ore and fine slit in

the gravity mill, grading granularity in the flow of metal ore-dressing and desliming and dehydrating in the washing.

Advantages are simple structure, reliable working condition and convenient operation.

Application

1.Separation of fine particles and liquid from coarse particles

2.Separation of light particles from heavy particles

3.Separation of the particles into a number of products graded according to size

4.Separation of liquid from solid particles

Features

1.Adjustable weirs

2.Sealed, submerged bearing

3.Optional automatic lubrication system

4.Rigid tank and substructure

5.Wide choice of tank design

6.Overflow collection box

7.Wide range of industries serviced


Model

Spiral

diameter

(mm)

Spiral rotation

speed

(r/min)

Trough

length

(mm<=)

Motor power

(kw<=)

Dimensions

(mm<=)

Machine

Weight (t)

For driving For lifting Length Width Height <=

FG-3 300 12-30 3000 1.1 ---- 3850 490 1140 0.7

FG-5 500 8-12.5 4500 1.1 ---- 5430 680 1480 1.9

FG-7 750 6-10 5500 3 ---- 6720 980 1820 3.1

FG-10 1000

5-8

6500 5.5 ----

7590 1240 2380 4.9

FC-10 8400 7.5 9600 1240 2680 6.2

FG-12 1200

4-6

6500 7.5 2.2 8180 1570 3110 8.5

FC-12 8400 7.5 2.2 10370 1540 3920 11

- 34 -

2FG-12 6500 15 4.4 8230 2790 3110 15.8

2FC-12 8400 15 4.4 10370 2790 3920 17.6

FG-15 1500

4-6

8300 7.5 2.2 10410 1880 4080 12.5

FC-15 10500 7.5 2.2 12670 1820 4890 16.8

2FG-15 8300 15 4.4 10410 3390 4080 22.1

2FC-15 10500 15 4.4 12670 3370 4890 30.7

FG-20 2000

3.6-5.5

8400 11-15 3 10790 2530 4490 20.5

FC-20 12900 11-15 3 15610 2530 5340 28.5

2FG-20 8400 22-30 6 11000 4600 4490 35.5

2FC-20 12900 22-30 6 15760 4600 5640 48.7

FG-24 2400

3.67

9130 15 3 11650 2910 4970 26.8

FC-24 14130 18.5 4 16580 2930 7190 41

2FG-24 9130 30 6 12710 5430 5690 45.8

2FC-24 14130 37 8 17710 5430 8000 67.9

2FG-30 3000

3.2

12500 40 8 16020 6640 6350 73

2FC-30 14300 --- --- 17091 --- 8680 84.8

Wheel Sand Washer

Brief Introduction

The sand washer is the washing equipment for artificial sand, can be divided into two types: XS type and XL type. It can remove

the impurities that cover in gravel surface, while undermining the vapor layer which coats sand, so that facilitate dehydration and

play an efficient sand washing and cleaning effect, therefore, it is widely used in gravel pits, mining, building materials,

transportation, chemical industry, water conservancy and hydropower and concrete mixing station to wash materials.

Advantages

1.Simple structure, stable operation;

2.Bearings are separated from water and materials, avoiding machine prematurely causes damage phenomenon due to rust;

3.Wide range of application;

4.Less material loss, high washing efficiency, can fully meet the requirements of high-grade materials;

5.Long service life;

6.Less maintenance, greatly reducing the cost.

- 35 -


XS series

Model XS2200 XS2600 XS2900 XS3500

Wheel bucket

diameter(mm)

2200

2600

2900

3500

Rotation

speed(r/min)

1-2

1-2

0.8-1.5

0.8-1.2

Processing

capacity(t/h)

15-30

20-50

50-100

120-200

Motor power(kw) 4 5.5 7.5 11

Total weight(kg) 4300 5600 8100 9900

Dimensions

(L*W*H) (mm)

3150*1910*2280

3520*2390*2690

3820*2640*3200

4420*2930*3800

XL Series

Model

Belt

Width

(mm)

Center Distance of

Head and Tail

Wheel (mm)

Diameter of

Head and Tail

Wheel (mm)

Feed

Capacity

(t/h)

Feed Size

(mm)

Motor Model

Motor

power

(kW)

Weight

(kg)

500X1000

500

1000 219

10~100 0~50 YCT112- 4B 0.75 266

500X1300 1300 10~100 0~50 YCT160 -4A 2.2 345

500X1500 1500 10~100 0~50 Y2.2-1.0-50-32 2.2 767

500X2000 2000 10~100 0~50 Y2.2-1.0-50-32 2.2 609.4

500X2800 2800 10~100 0~50 YCT160- 4A 2.2 670

500 X3000 3000 10~100 0~50 YCT160 -4A 2.2 697

500 X4000 4000 10~100 0~50 YCT160- 4A 2.2 736

650X1500 650 1500 10~100 0~50 YCT160- 4A 2.2 610

650X2600 650 2600 10~100 0~50 YCT160- 4A 2.2 636

650X4000 650 4000 10~100 0~50 YCT160- 4A 2.2 893

800 X2000 800 2000 15~150 0~80 YCT160- 4A 2.2 721

800 X3000 800 3000 15~150 0~80 YCT200- 4B 7.5 857.3

800 X4000 800 4000 15~150 0~80 YCT200- 4B 7.5 1012

800X4500 800 4500 400

15~150 0~80 YCT160- 4A 2.2 1200

1000X2000 1000

2000 200~450 0~80 YCT160- 4B 3 1549

1000X2500 2500 200~450 0 ~100 YCT160- 4B 3 2105

1000 X6000 6000 200~450 0 ~100 YCT225- 4A 11 5214

- 36 -

Hydro cyclone

Brief Introduction

Hydro cyclone is a continuous device that utilizes centrifugal force to accelerate the settling rate of particles. When feed slurry

enters the hydro cyclone tangentially under pressure, as result of the high centrifugal forces, particles coarser than the “cut point”

size migrate into a primary vortex adjacent to the wall and move forward to discharge with a small volume of water via the spigot.

Particles finer than the “cut point” size migrate into a secondary upward-moving vortex, along the axis of the hydro cyclone and

discharge with the majority of the water via vortex finder.

Application

Hydro cyclone is one of the most important devices in the minerals industry, it is widely used in the mineral industry processing as

a classifier, which has proved extremely efficient at fine separation size. Hydro cyclone is widely used in closed circuit grinding

operations but it also has many other applications, such as desliming, degritting, and thickening.

Advantages

1.Compact and simple structure

2.No moving parts

3.Low investment and running cost

4.Easy to install and simple to operate

5.High efficiency

6.High erosion resistance


Model

Inner

Diameter

(mm)

Feeding

Caliber

(mm)

Overflow

Pipe

Diameter

(mm)

Sand Setting

Caliber

(mm)

Cone

Angle

(.)

Maximum

Feeding

Granularity

(mm)

Feeding

Pressure

(Mpa)

Process

Capacity

(m3/h)

Separation

Size

(μm)

Unit

Weight

kg

LKH-660

660

187,167

180,200,22

0,240

80,110,150

20

16

0.03-0.4

250-360

74-220

950

LKH--500

500

130,120

130,140,16

0, 180,220

35,45,50,65,7

0,80,90,100

25 10

0.03-0.4

140-220 74-200 416

20 140-220

74-200 490

10 74-150 556

LKH--350

350

80

80,90,105,1

15,120

30,35,40,45,5

0,60,70

25 6

0.03-0.4 60-105

50-150 135

20 0.03-0.4 50-150 155

15 0.03-0.4 50-120 230

LKH--300

300

64,75

65,80,100,1

20

20,25,30,35,4

0

20 5

0.03-0.4 45-90

50-150 88

15 0.03-0.4 40-100 169

LKH--250

250

55,74,80

60,75,80,10

0,120

16,18,20,25,3

0,35,40

20 3

0.05-0.4

40-65

40-100 63

15 40-100 120

10 30-100 123

LKH--200

200

48

40,50,55,65

16,20,24,28,3

2

20 2

0.05-0.4

25-40

40-100 36

15 30-100 64

LKH--150

150

36

30,35,40,45

8,10,12,14,16

,18,20,22

20 1.5

0.05-0.4

11-20

30-74 22

15 30-74 20

8 20-74 60

LKH125

125

26

25,30,35,40

8,10,12,14,16

,18

17 1

0.05-0.4

8-15

20-100 10

8 20-74 12

LKH--100

100

23

25,30,35,40

8,10,12,14,16

,18

20 1

0.05-0.4

5-12

20-100 8

15 10-100 5

8 10-74 6

LKH--75

75

13

15,17,20

6,7,8,10,12

15 0.6

0.1-0.5 2-5

20-74 4

7 0.1-0.5 5-40 7

LKH--50

50

9

11,13,15,18

3,6,8,10,12

15 0.3

0.1-0.5

1.5-3

10-74 2

6 5-30 2.5

LKH--25

25

5

5,6,7,8

2,3,4,5

5 0.2

0.1-0.5

0.3-0.1 3-10 0.8

3 0.3-0.1 2-10 1.4

LKH--10 10 2 2,3,4 12 4 0.1 0.1-0.1 0.05-0.1 1-5 0.6

- 37

- 38 -

FLOTATION

>GF/BF/JJF Air Self-suction Mechanical Flotation Cell

>KYF Air Inflation Mechanical Flotation Cell

>CLF Coarse Particle Flotation Cell

>CCF Flotation Column

- 39 -

GF/BF/JJF Air Self-suction Mechanical Flotation Cell

Brief Introduction

GF/BF/JJF air self-suction mechanical flotation cell is suitable for the separation of metal ore and non-metal ore. The minimum

volume is 0.35m3 and the maximum is 200m3.

Advantages

Self-suction of air and middling ore; Low energy consumption; Good air dispersion; Low wear; Simple structure and easy

maintenance; Both horizontal arrangement and step arrangement can be selected to save the foam pump; Start-up under

full load; Automatic control for liquid level.


Model

Volume

(m3)

Tank size

L × W × H (m×m×m)

Motor Power

(kw)

Production

capacity

(m3/min)

Inspiratory capacity

(m3/m2.min)

Scraper motor

power

(kw)

Weight

(kg)

GF-0.35 0.35 0.7×0.7×0.73 1.5 0.1-0.2 1.2 0.75 470

GF-0.7 0.7 0.9×0.9×0.9 3 0.1-0.4 1.2 1.1 932

GF-1.1 1.1 1.1×1.1×1.0 5 0.2-0.5 1.2 1.1 1370

GF-2 2 1.40×1.40×1.15 7.5 0.3-1.0 1.2 1.5 1750

GF-3 3 1.50×1.85×1.20 11 0.5-1.5 1.2 1.5 2230

GF-4 4 1.60×2.15×1.25 15 0.5-2.0 1.2 1.5 2585

GF-6 6 2.0×2.5×1.3 22 1.0-3.0 1.2 1.5 3300

GF-8 8 2.2×2.9×1.4 30 1.0-4.0 1.2 1.5 4130

GF-10 10 2.2×2.9×1.7 30 2.0-6.0 1.2 1.5 4500

GF-16 16 2.85×3.80×1.70 45 3.0-8.0 1.2 2.2 8320

GF-20 20 2.85×3.80×2.00 45 4.0-10.0 1.2 2.2 8670

GF-24 24 3.15×4.15×2.00 55 5.0-12.0 1.2 2.2 8970

GF-28 28 3.15×4.15×2.30 55 5.0-14.0 1.2 2.2 9480

GF-42 42 3.60×4.80×2.65 75 8.0-20.0 1.2 3 19400

Model

Effective

Volume

(m3)

LXWXH

(mm)

Impeller

Diameter

(mm)

Circular

Velocity of

Impeller

(m/s)

Air Suction

Amount

(m3/m2.min)

Motor Model

Motor

Power

(kW)

Capacity

(m3/min)

Single

Tank

Weight

(kg)

BF-0.15 0.15 550X550X600 200 6 0.9-1.05 Y112M-6 2.2 0.06~0.16 270

- 40 -

BF-0.25 0.25 650X600X700 250 Y100L-6 1.5

0.12~0.28 370

BF-0.37 0.37 740X740X750 286 7.2 Y90L-4 0.2~0.4 470

BF-0.65 0.65 850X950X900 300 7.35 0.9~1.10

Y132S-6 3 0.3~0.7 932

BF-1.2

1.2

1050X1150X1100

450

7.02

Y132M2-6 5.5 0.6~1.2

1370

Y132M1-6 4

BF-2.0 2 1400X1450X1120 500 7.5 Y160M-6 7.5 1.0~2.0 1750

BF-2.8 2.8 1650X1650X1150 550 8.06 Y180L-8 11 1.4~3.0 2130

BF-4.0 4 1900X2000X1200 650 8 Y200L-8 15 2.4 ~4.0 2585

BF-6.0 6 2200X2350X1300 700 7.5

Y225S-8 18.5 3.0~6.0 3300

BF-8.0 8 2250X2850X1400 760

Y225M-8

22

4.0 ~8.0 4130

BF-10 10 2250X2850X1700 7.52 5.0 ~10 4500

BF-16 16 2850X3800X1700 850

8.7

Y280S-8 37 8.0 ~16 8320

BF-20 20 2850X3800X2000 Y280M-8 45 10.0 ~20 8670

BF-24 24 3150X4150X2000 920 Y315S-8 55 12.0 ~24 8970

Model

Effective

Volume

(m3)

Capacity

(m3/min)

Impeller

Diameter

(mm)

Impeller

Revolution

(r/min)

Motor Power for

Agitation (kW)

Motor Power for

Scraper (kW)

Single Tank Weight

(kg)

JJF-4 4 2.0~4 410

305

11 1.5 2303

JJF-5 5 2.0~6 11 1.5 2416

JJF-8 8 4.0~12 540

233

22 2.2 4507

JJF-10 10 5.0~10 22 1.5 4820

JJF-16 16 5.0~16 700 180

37 1.5 7657

JJF-20 20 5.0~20 770 45 1.5 8505

KYF Air Inflation Mechanical Flotation Cell

Brief Introduction

The structure of KYF Air Inflation Mechanical Flotation Machine can be seen in the following figure. It can be applied for the

roughing scavenging operation and cleaning operation for the minerals with conventional particle sizes. The minimum volume of

the flotation machine is 0.03m3, and the maximum volume can reach 560m3.

- 41 -

Advantages

External air inflation; Backward blades type rotor and low-damping and suspension type stator; Low energy consumption; Good

air dispersion; Low wear; Simple structure and easy maintenance; Both horizontal arrangement and step arrangement can be

selected; Start-up under full load; Automatic control for liquid level; Automatic control for air volume.


Model

Effective

volume

(m³)

Production

capacity

(m³/min)

Impeller

diameter

(mm)

Impeller

speed

(r/min)

Blower

pressure

(kpa)

Max inflating

volume

(m³/㎡·min)

Motor power (kw) Single slot

weight

(kg)

Agitator

Scraper

blade

KYF-1 1 0.2-1 340 281 ≥12.6 2

4 1.1

826

KYF-2 2 0.4-2 410 247 ≥14.7 5.5 1419

KYF-3 3 0.6-3 480 219 ≥19.8 7.5 1.5

1885

KYF-4 4 1.2-4 550 200 ≥19.8 11 2206

KYF-8 8 3.0-8 630 175 ≥21.6 15 3600

KYF-16 16 4.0-16 740 160 ≥25.5 30 5900

KYF-20 20 5-20 780 155 ≥25 37 8240

KYF-24 24 4-24 800 150 ≥30.4 37 8540

KYF-30 30 7-30 900 141 ≥31 45 13820

KYF-38 38 10-38 880 139 ≥34.3 45 16500

KYF-40 40 10-38 950 138 ≥34.3 55 17000

KYF-50 50 10-40 1030 120 ≥33 75 22000

KYF-70 70 13-50 1120 110 ≥35 90 26200

CLF Coarse Particle Flotation Cell

Brief Introduction

CLF Coarse Particle Flotation Cell is a kind of pneumatic flotation cell, which is applicable for separation of non-ferrous metal,

black metal and non-metal ore and also suitable for the separation of minerals with coarse and heavy particles and smelting slag.

Advantages

Maximum dealing particle size of 1mm; Grid plate in the tank; Good air dispersion and large aeration volume; Good circulation

and no settlement of pulp; Start-up under load; Both horizontal arrangement and step-wise arrangement can be selected.

- 42 -


Models Item CLF-2 CLF-4 CLF-8 CLF-16 CLF-30 CLF-40

Effective volume 2 4 6 16 30 40

Dimensions of cell

(L x W x H)

mm

1200×1600×12

50

1600×2100×15

00

1900×2500×19

50

2500×3200×24

00

3300×4000×30

00

Φ4220×3900

Production capacity m³/min 0.5-2 43104 43106 43206 43311 8-38

Air inflow m³/(㎡.min)) 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5

Spindle

motor

Models

Suction cell Y160M-6 Y200L-8 Y200L2-6 Y280S-6 Y315M-8 Y315M-8

Green cell Y132M2-6 Y180L-8 Y200L-8 Y280S-8 Y315S-8

Power

Suction cell 7.5 15 22 45 75 75

Green cell 5.5 11 15 37 55

Rotating

speed

Suction cell 790 730 790 730 740 740

Green cell 790 730 730 730 740

Impeller

Diameter

Suction cell 460 620 750 790 1110 1090

Green cell 410 580 645 750 880

Cycle

speed

Suction cell 6.57,7.5 6.5,7.5 6.5.7.5 7,7.5 153 130

Green cell 5.3 5.6 5.7 6.3 150

Scraper blade

motor

Models Y100L-6 Y100L-6 Y100L-6 Y100L-6 Y100L-6 Y100L-6

Power 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5

Rotating speed of scraper blade 16 16 16 16 16 16

Equipment

weight (single

cell)

Suction cell

1591

3002

5168

9230

17010 23690

Green cell

1481

2702

4654

8970

15950

CCF Flotation Column

Brief Introduction

CCF type flotation column can generate bubbles by using direct air injection, which is widely applied in the separation of copper

mine, lead-zinc mine, molybdenum mine, gold mine, phosphorite and so on.

Features

1.Fine fraction grade high recovery; mechanical inclusions less, high grade concentrate.

2.Can be operated in high concentrate.

3.More suitable for computer control.

- 43 -

4.Foam enrichment ratio is high.

5.Apply to the treatment of micro fine fraction minerals.


Model

Effective

volume

(m3)

Process capacity

of pulp

(m3/h)

Air supply

(Nm3/h)

Clean water

quantity

(m3/h)

Pressure of air

supply

(Mpa)

Pressure at

entrance of clean

water

(Mpa)

CCF-1.0X11.0 7.8 8.0-28 85 0-4 0.7-0.8 0.10-0.15

CCF-1.2X12.0 12 12-41 122 0-6 0.7-0.8 0.10-0.15

CCF-1.6X12.0 21 43-70 1098 0-11 0.7-0.8 0.10-0.15

CCF-3.6X11.0 120 135-441 1356 0-68 0.7-0.8 0.10-0.15

CCF-4.0X11.0 124 140-456 0-70 0.7-0.8 0.10-0.15

- 44 -

AGITATING

>High-efficiency Agitation Tank

>Lifting Agitation Tank

>Normal Agitation Tank

>High-concentration Agitation Tank

>Reagent Agitation Tank

- 45 -

High-efficiency Agitation Tank

Brief Introduction

The high-efficiency agitation tank mainly includes main shaft, impeller, circular cylinder, beam and other spare parts. The two

driving methods of reducer drive and belt drive can be produced according to requirements. The impeller is of axial flow

under-pressure structure, so that the pulp can flow down in the circular cylinder and flow up in the tank to form a big up-and-down

circulation in the tank when doing the agitation work and the pulp can be mixed quickly and evenly. The purpose of circular

cylinder is to increase the pulp circulating volume and speed up the mix of pulp.

The high-efficiency agitation tank is mainly applied in mining, chemical building materials, cyanide chemical plant, sewage

treatment plant, coal preparation plant and other industrial sectors.

Advantages

Advanced structure of impeller, strong stirring ability;

The impeller of high efficiency agitation tank adopts umbrella shaped with large diameter and linear velocity to enhance the

agitation and circulation capability;

The enhancement of circulation capability improves flirtatious index;

The baffle can compress negative pressure to a limited space and improve suction capability. As a result, the circulation capacity is

enhanced.


Model

Effective volume

（m³）

Impeller

revolution

(r.p.m)

Diameter of

impeller

(mm)

Motor model

Motor power

(kw)

Weight

（kg)

GBJ-1000×1000 0.58 530 240 Y112M-6 2.2 548

GBJ-1250×1250 1.15 350 240 Y100L2-4 3 1108

GBJ-1500×1500 2.2 320 420 Y132M2-6 5.5 2207

GBJ-2000×2000 4.4 240 560 Y160M-6 7.5 3110

GBJ-2500×2500 9.2 272 560 Y180L-6 15 3939

GBJ-3000×3000 19.1 211 700 Y225S-8 18.5 4613

GBJ-4000×4000 45 153 1000 Y250M-8 30 9560

Lifting Agitation Tank

Brief Introduction

In addition to the function of mixing, lifting agitation tank can also convey pulp from low liquid level to high liquid level, which is

- 46 -

usually used for lifting pulp level in the flotation process. Since installed power, impeller parameter, and rotation speed of lifting

agitation tank are related to pulp flow volume, pulp lifting height and pulp properties, the company will design and calculate

proper impeller parameters and mixing rotation speed according to pulp properties and flow volume.

Advantages

1.Uniform mixing, high discharge capacity;

2.Flow through the rotating impeller in the slurry tank, make the particle contact with chemicals, high production efficiency,

energy saving, stable operation, convenient maintenance.


Models Effective

volume

(m³)

Diameter of

tank

(mm)

Rotating

speed

(r/min)

Driving motor Lifting height

(M)

Weight

(T) Models Power

(Kw)

XBT-1000×1500 1 1000 502 Y132S-4 5.5 1 0.99

XBT-1500×1800 3 1500 400 Y132M-4 7.5 1.2 1.62

XBT-2000×2000 6 2000 363 Y180L-6 15 1.5 2.26

XBT-2500×2500 12 2500 363 Y200L2-6 22 1.5 4.27

XBT-3000×3000 19,1 3000 363 Y225M-6 30 1.5 6.1

Normal Agitation Tank

Brief Introduction

This product is the currently most frequently used normal agitation tank. The impeller is located at the lower opening of circulation

column, feeding the ore pulp and agents into the circulation column with suction pore for agitating. This product is mainly applied

in slurry stirring before flotation, chemical and construction industry, cyanide chemical plant, sewage treatment plant, and coal

plant etc.

- 47 -

Advantages

The cylinder is lined with wear-resistant rubber with strong resistance to wear and corrosion Strong agitation capability Stable

operation, convenient maintenance Energy saving.


Model

Effective

Volume

(m3)

Rotating Speed of

Impeller

(r/min)

Diameter of

Impeller

(mm)

Motor Model

Motor power

(kw)

Weight

（kg)

BJ-500X500 0.0785 493 160 Y80L-4 0.55 120

BJ-750X750 0.25 530 240 Y100L-6 1.5 240

BJ-1000X1000 0.58 530 310 Y100L-6 1.5 680

BJ-1500X1500 2.2 320 400 Y132S-6 3 790

BJ-1600X1800 2.6 331 400 Y132M2-6 5.5 990

BJ-2000X2000 4.4 230 550 Y132M2-6 5.5 1800

BJ-2000X2500 5.9 230 630 Y160M-6 7.5 2106

BJ-2500X2500 11.2 230 630 Y160M-6 7.5 2766

BJ-3000X3000 19.1 210 700 Y225S-8 18.5 4613

BJ-3500X3500 24 230 850 Y225M-8 22 5980

BJ-4000 X 4000 45 153 1000 Y250M-8 30 8910

High-concentration Agitation Tank

Brief Introduction

The impeller of agitation tank is driven by the motor and motor v-belt or gear motor, making the solid particles to suspend and

making agent and ore pulp mixed adequately. It has four functions: ore pulp agitation, agitation storage tank, improving agitation

and agent agitation.

Features

It is suitable for agitating the ore pulp with higher concentration, such as agitation after concentrating, mixing agitation of sand

pulp, etc., with agitation concentration reaching 75%. There are two impellers with upper and lower opposite spirals. The

agitating impellers have the features like strong wear resistance, etc.

- 48 -


Specification

(Dia.×H)

(mm)

Effective

Volume

(m3)

Medium

concentration

（%）

Medium

particle size

(mm)

Diameter

of

Impeller

(mm)

Rotating

Speed of

Impeller

(r/min)

Motor

Model

Motor

power

(kw)

Rotating

Speed

(r/min)

Capacity

(m2/H)

External

dimension

(WxH)

(mm)

Weight

（kg)

Ф1500×1500 2.25 <70 0.15~0.053 Ф500 280 Y200L2-6 18.5 975 40 1666×2810 2207

Ф1500×1500 5.8 <75 <3 Ф650 240 Y200L2-6 22 975 80~100 2410×2268 2976

Ф1500×1500

46

<60

-200mesh is

90%

Ф1000

121.6

Y250M-8

30

730

-

4365×5242

8156

Reagent Agitation Tank

Brief Introduction

Agitation tank for chemical reagent for chemical reagent adopts barrel shaped radiation circular spiral impeller for mixing

operation by mechanical stirring method. Reagent agitation tank composed of vertical shaft, rack, tank, small pulley, motor, motor

seat, safety hood. The rotation of the impeller is driven by a motor through a belt pulley and a triangular belt, and the rotation of

the impeller that makes the chemical pulp mixing evenly.

Advantages

1.Uniquely designed impeller, uniform agitation and good mixing effect;

2.Excellent wear-resistance, long service life, strong agitation capability.


Model

Effective

Volume (m3)

Rotating Speed

of Impeller

(r/min)

Diameter of

Impeller (mm)

Motor Model

Motor power

(kw)

Weight

（kg)

BJW-500X600 0.094 493 200 Y80L-4 0.55 120

BJW-750X750 0.25 530 240 Y100L-6 1.5 230

BJW-750X1000 0.35 530 240 Y100L-6 1.5 270

BJW-1000X1000 0.58 530 240 Y100L-6 1.5 420

BJW-1250X1250 1.15 492 310 Y100L1-4 2.2 490

BJW-1500X1500 2.2 320 400 Y132S-6 3 1310

BJW-2000X2000 5.46 230 550 Y132M2-6 5.5 1720

BJW-3000X3000 14.8 210 700 Y225S-8 18.5 4613

- 49 -

GRAVITY SEPARATING

>Jigger

>Centrifugal Separator

>Shaking Table

>Spiral Chute

- 50 -

Jigger

Brief Introduction

Saw-tooth-wave jigger of JT series is driven by saw-tooth wave and works by rising up and down water-stream uniformity &

serrated. It works greatly for ore/slag material of thin granularity size. It is widely used in beneficiation of kinds of metal &

non-metals & smelting slag like tungsten, tin, gold, iron, manganese, titanium, chromium, sulfur, silica-manganese slag,

ferro-manganese slag, ferro-nickel slag etc.

Advantages

1.Water-recycling & low power;

2.Semi-automatic & easy to operate;

3.Continuous working & environment-friendly;

4.Quality & service-guaranteed;

5.Seaworthy & durable.

6.Small cover area, high processing capacity per unit area.


Item &

Parameters

& Model

Jigging Chamber Diaphragm

Feed Size

(mm)

Adding

Water

Yield

Under

Screen

(m3/t)

Water

Pressure

(MPa)

Handling

Capacity

(t/h)

Motor

Power

(kW)

Dimension

(mm)

Weight

(kg)

Shape

Area

(m2)

Stroke

(mm)

Jig

Frequency

(time/min)

JT-0.57 Trapezoid 0.57

8.5 ~12

10 ~17

12 ~21

80~180

<6 1~2 ≥ 0.05

1.5 ~3 1.5 1550X780X1530 610

JT1-1 Trapezoid 1.04 <10

2~3 2.5 ~5 2.2 2270X1110X1890 900

JT2-2 Rectangle 2.28 2~4 5~10 3 3225X1550X2050 1640

JT3-1 Trapezoid 3 12 ~30 50~125

3~6 ≥ 0.05

7.5 ~15 5.5 2745X2000X3030 3085

JT4-2 Rectangle 4 25 ~57 <25

4~8

8~20

7.5 4240X1990X2750

3098

JT4-2A Rectangle 4 25 ~57 4X2 3500

JT5-2 Trapezoid 4.86 12 ~30 <10 3~6 12 ~25 7.5 3600X2000X2600 4500

- 51 -

Centrifugal Separator

Brief Introduction

It is an efficient machine that is useful in the recovery of free gold in all ranges of particle size. It is most especially useful for

recovering fine gold which gets lost during the operation of gravitational concentrators. It is not only used for placer gold mining,

but it can also be used for the recovery of natural gold from rocks that are hard, for replacing amalgamation and recovering of gold

from the tailing.

Advantages

1.High concentration ratio, which can reach 1000-3000 times, small concentrate productivity, generally 0.02%-0.1%, high

concentrate grade, normally, 1000-20000g/t. Compared with conventional gravity dressing machine, the recovery is improved

significantly;

2.Large amount of solid mineral can be processed by single centrifugal;

3.Without pollution or chemical agent, friendly equipment for environment;

4.High activity rate, low power consumption, high automation, low cost. The equipment has high running rate and low power

consumption, which is easy to operate. High automatic level and easy to maintenance will cut the production cost;

5.Short work flow procession means small investment and bring great value soon.


Model Type 19 Type 30 Type 60 Type 70 Type 80 Type 100 Type 120

Production capacity(t/h) 0.25-1 2-8 10-40 25-30 35-60 80-120 120-180

Max particle(mm) 0-3 0-4 0-6 0-6 0-6 0-6 0-6

Feed density (%) 0-50 0-50 0-50 0-50 0-50 0-50 0-50

Recoil water(t/h) 1.5-2 4-6 10-15 17-25 20-30 40-60 70-80

Concentrate

production (Kg/time)

2-3

10-20

30-40

50-60

60-70

70-80

110-120

Motor power(kw) 0.75 1.5 5.5 7.5 11 18.5 22

Cone rotational speed(r/min) 800 600 460 430 400 360 360

Pressure (Mpa) 0.04 0.12 0.25 0.3 0.35 0.4 0.5

Boundary dimension(m) 0.8×0.8×0.8 1.2×1.2×1.3 2 ×1.7×1.8 2.1 ×1.7×2 2.3×1.8×2.2 2.5×2.0×2.4 2.7 ×2.2×2.6

Weight(kg) 145 400 1300 1900 2000 2500 3000

- 52 -

Shaking Table

Brief Introduction

Table concentrator, which is also called shaking table or concentrator table is a mine separation equipment for fine materials

working by gravity. It is widely used in the separation of Sn, W, gold and silver, Pb, Zn, Ta, Nb, Fe, Mn, ferrotitanium and coal,

etc.

Advantages

1.Fine water-resistance, chemical resistance, corrosion resistance, abrasion resistance, etc.

2.High recovery ration, high concentration ration;

3.Easy installation, simple operation;

4.Deck constructed of fiber glass, seven different decks to choose;

5.Long working life;

6.Adjustable stroke length and speed.


Name

Grit

concentrator table

Fine sand

concentrator table

Sludge

concentrator table

Bed surface

Dimensions

Length （mm） 4450 4450 4450

Driving part Width （mm） 1855 1855 1855

Concentrate part Width （mm） 1546 1546 1546

Max.feeding size（mm） 2 0.5 0.15

Feeding amount （t/d） 30-60 43393 15-25

Feeding thickness (%) 25-30 20-25 15-25

Stroke （mm） 16-22 43420 43328

Frequency (f) 45-48 48-53 50-57

Bed surface Water quantity （t/d） 80-150 30-60 43390

Bed surface Horizontal obliquity(°) 2.5-4.5 1.5-3.5 43102

Bed surface Portrait obliquity(%) 1.4 0.92 ----

Table board corner(°) 32-42 40 42

Concentrating area（㎡） 7.6 7.6 7.6

Bed surface Length ratio 2.6 2.6 2.6

Shape of side-bed surface Rectangle Zigzag Triangle

Motor power(kw) 1.1 1.1 1.1

Transmission device Eccentricity

- 53 -

Spiral Chute

Brief Introduction

Spiral chute combines the advantages of spiral concentrator, shaking table and centrifugal concentrator. Therefore, it is new

beneficiation equipment with the advanced level.

BLL series spiral chute is more superior and mature with obviously improved separation efficiency and adaptability, which is

applicable for the raw ore gravity separation and tailing reclaiming from iron ore, sea sand ore, tungsten ore, tin ore, gold ore,

nickel ore, etc., and also applicable for the desliming gravity separation of cyanite, and alusite, sillimanite and other non-metal ore

and separation and recovery for steel slag, sulfuric acid slag and other metallurgical slag.

Advantages

1.Reasonable structure and small occupation area;

2.High recovery, high efficiency, and precise separation;

3.Light in weight, rust and corrosion resistant;

4.Simple installation and Minimal maintenance requirements;

5.Low operating cost and long operating life;

6.Reliable running with minimal operator attention;

7.Strong adaptability to fluctuation of feeding amount, density, size and grade.


Model BLL-2000 BLL-1500 BLL-1200 BLL-900 BLL-600 BLL-400

Spiral diameter（mm) 2000 1500 1200 900 600 400

screw pitch（mm) 1200 900, 675 900, 720, 540 675, 540, 405 450, 360, 270 240, 180

screw pitch/diameter 0.6 0.48, 0.36 0.75, 0.6, 0.45 0.75, 0.6, 0.45 0.75, 0.6, 0.45 0.6, 0.45

lateral dip angle（° ) 9° 9° 9° 9° 9° 9°

Spiral number 3 4 4 4 2 2

Feed particle（mm) 2.00~0.04 0.8~0.037 0.3~0.03 0.3~0.03 0.2~0.02 0.2~0.02

Feed density(％) 30~55 30 ~55 25 ~55 25 ~55 25 ~55 25 ~55

Production capacity（t/h) 7~10 6~8 4~6 2~3 0.8~1.2 0.15~0.2

Boundary

dimension（mm)

length 2120 1600 1360 1060 700 460

width 2120 1600 1360 1060 700 460

height 5600 5300 5230 4000 2600 1500

Weight(kg) 900 850/800 700/650/600 450/400/350 120/100/80 50

- 54 -

MAGNETIC SEPARATING

>Dry Magnetic Separator

>Wet Magnetic Separator

- 55 -

Dry Magnetic Separator

Brief Introduction

Dry permanent magnetic drum separator is mainly applied for dry selection of granule strong magnetic mineral, selecting magnetic

impurity and magnetic material form powder material;

Dry permanent magnetic drum separator has been widely used not only in metallurgical, chemical, cement, ceramics, grinding

wheel, food supplies and other departments but also in smoke-dust, slag and other material handling.

The dry permanent magnetic drum consists of classifying drum, fixed magnetic system, transmission device, feeding device,

selecting box, frame and etc.

Product type: two drums; three drums. Two tanks; three tanks

Advantages

1.Magnetic intensity can be produced as per requested from 800 guass to 9000 guss;

2.Advanced structure, light weight, reliable operation and easy maintenance;

3.One machine can be with single drum, double drum or three drum;

4.Dry process, high separation effect.


Model & Spec. CTXG-0606 CTXG-0812 CTXG-0818

Diameter of Cylinder (mm) 600 800 800

Length of Cylinder (mm) 600 1200 1800

Surface Magnetic Density (mt) 300~500 300~500 300~500

Feed Size (mm) -30 -30 -30

Feed Moisture Content < 5% < 5% < 5%

Capacity (t/h) < 35 < 100 < 150

Motor Power (kW) 5.5X2 11X2 11X2

Total Weight (t) 2.9 5.8 7.9

Overall Dimension (LXWXH) (mm) 2700X1700X1900 3400X2000X2100 4200X2000X2100

- 56 -

Wet Magnetic Separator

Brief Introduction

Permanent Magnetic Drum Separator is suitable for wet sorting of fine-grained ferromagnetic minerals, or remove confounding

strong magnetic minerals from non-magnetic minerals, as well as recovery media in heavy medium selected plants.

Depending on the form of the tank, wet permanent magnetic drum separator is divided into three types: semi-countercurrent tank

(CTB), downstream slot (CTS), countercurrent tank (CTN), the user can select different separator tank body as per the nature of

the ore, the ore particle size and beneficiation process.

Advantages

1.Magnetic system is compounded of ferrite and permanent magnets; the average magnetic induction intensity of cylinder surface

is 100～600mT.

2.The same cylinder can be equipped with three types of tank adapting to different dressing process.

3.Small area taken, good separation for magnetic mineral, reduce the load of next process.


Model

Cylinder size

（diameter

×length）

mm

Cylinder surface magnetic field strength

(mT)

Production capacity

Motor

power

(kw)

cylinder

speed

(r/min)

center

pole

Scavenging

district average

value

High magnetic

induction

intensity

T/h

m3/h

CTB（N.S）-612 600×1200 — 145 170 10-20 32 2.2 40

CTB（N.S）-618 600×1800 — 145 170 15-30 48 2.2 40

CTB（N.S）-712 750×1200 120 155 180 15-30 48 3 35

CTB（N.S）-718 750×1800 120 155 180 20-45 72 3 35

CTB（N.S）-918 900×1800 148 165 190 25-55 90 4 28

CTB（N.S）-924 900×2400 148 165 190 35-70 110 4 28

CTB（N.S）-1018 1050×1800 148 165 190 40-75 120 5.5 22

CTB（N.S）-1021 1050×2100 148 165 190 45-88 140 5.5 22

CTB（N.S）-1021 1050×2100 160 240 280 45-88 140 5.5 22

CTB（N.S）-1024 1050×2400 148 165 190 52-100 160 5.5 22

CTB（N.S）-1024 1050×2400 160 240 280 52-100 160 5.5 22

CTB（N.S）-1030 1050×3000 160 240 280 65-125 200 7.5 22

CTB（N.S）-1218 1200×1800 148 165 190 47-90 140 5.5 19

- 57 -

THICKENING

>High-efficiency Improved Thickener

>Center Transmission Thickener

>Peripheral Transmission Thickener

>Tilted Plate Thickener

>High-Efficiency Deep-Cone Thickener

- 58 -

High-efficiency Improved Thickener

Working Principle

The vertical axis rotates driven by motor, and pulp by feeding device flows into the tank center feed mixing barrel. Solid material

in the bottom of the tank by the scraper moves out of center; clarified overflow through the tranquil flow device flows out from the

ring external overflow weir.

Advantages

1.Out overflow weir instead of inner overflow weir increases the sedimentation area and not easy to block;

2.Oblique feeding instead of horizontal feeding solves the blockage problem;

3.A tranquil flow device reduces material flow rate, so that the overflow becomes more uniform with lower turbidity.


Model

Thickening pond Deposit

area

(m2)

Motor Production

capacity

(t/d)

Tank weight

(kg)

Gross

weight

(kg）

diameter

(m)

depth

(m)

Model

Power

(kw)

NZSG2.5 2.5 1.8 4.9 Y90L-6 1.1 5-22.4 1095 2355

NZSG3 3 1.8 7 Y100L-6 1.5 5-23.3 1633 3167

NZSG3.6 3.6 1.8 10.2 Y100L-6 1.5 5-25 2097 3680

NZSG-5 5 2.956 16 Y90L-4 1.5 16-90 5160 8031

NZSG-6 6 2.956 28.3 Y90L-4 1.5 98 5769 9200

NZSG-7 7 3 38.5 Y112M-6 2.2 140 8548 13361

NZSG-8 8 3 50.2 Y132S-6 3 185 12966 19289

NZSG-9 9 3 63 Y132S-6 3 210 15439 21960

NZSG-12 12 3.6 113 Y132S-6 3 370 25589 34823

NZSG-15 15 3.6 176 Y132M2-6 5.5 580 35800 58800

NZSG-18 18 3.74 255 Y160M-6 7.5 960 51000 75600

NZSG-20 20 4.4 315 Y160M2-8 7.5 1400 62000 83550

NZG-24 24 4.716 452 Y180L-8 11 ≥1400 83700 115840

Center Transmission Thickener

Brief Introduction

NZ(S) (also named TNZ) thickener is a center-drive thickener, which is a traditional thickening equipment with earlier application.

- 59 -

The water flows radially to all sides of the overflow tank through the water drum. As water slows down, the suspended objects are

separated to settle down to the bottom. The upper liquid will be discharged from the sink through the overflow weir plate. Through

the reducer drive and suspension transmission, the sludge is scraped into the central tank and will be discharged by hydro-static

pressure or pump.

Advantages

1.It adopts reducer and vortex transmission with long transmission torque and high efficiency. The torque protection device

ensures safe use;

2.For overloading, the sludge scraping system can be lifted manually (or electrically) and then be slowed down to scrape sludge;

3.Mud collector is set with small scraper board to stir the sludge to ensure complete discharge without congestion;

4.Simple inner structure makes it convenient for placement of hydraulic pressure and electric control system;

5.Adjusting the oil discharging of oil pump can adjust the rotary speed of the rake rack which can achieve automatic rake lifting

and lowering.


Model

Thickening pond Deposit

area

(m2)

Rotation rate

of rake

(r/min)

Motor Production

capacity

(t/d)

Tank

weight

(kg)

Gross

weight

(kg)

diameter

(m)

depth

(m)

model

power

(kw)

NZS1 1.8 1.8 2.55 0.5 Y90L-6 1.1 1.3-5.6 602 1300

NZS2.5 2.5 1.8 4.9 0.33 Y90L-6 1.1 5-10.8 1095 2355

NZS3.6 3.6 1.8 10.2 0.38 Y90L-6 1.1 5-22.4 1905 3150

NZS6 6 2.956 28 0.35 Y90L-4 1.5 14-60 6200 9000

NZS8 8 3 50.2 0.27 Y132S-6 3 25-120 11065 15460

NZS9 9 3 63.5 0.25 Y132S-6 3 32-150 12188 16682

NZS12 12 3.6 113 0.19 Y132S-6 3 50-250 24060 33131

NZS15 15 3.6 176 0.1 Y132M2-6 5.5 70-350 35269 55499

NZS18 18 3.74 255 0.2 Y160M-6 7.5 100-560 without

10139

NZS20 20 4.4 315 0.2 Y160M2-8 7.5 200-1440 24500

NZS24 24 4.716 452 0.1 Y180L-8 11 200-1440 28984

Peripheral Transmission Thickener

Brief Introduction

- 60 -

Thickener with peripheral transmission has two kinds, peripheral roller transmission and peripheral gear transmission. Single

row cross column rotary support or single row four-point contact ball rotary support, collector device with good insulation,

exposed

- 61 -

rotary parts with light shield. This thickener consists of round thickener and harrow scraping machine, the solid particles suspend

in thickener settling by gravity, the pulp in the upper turn into clean water, so that the separation can be realized. Slime that

sediment in the bottom of the thickener is discharged by the harrow scrapping continuously, and clean overflow from the upside.

Advantages

1.Unique bridge design, excellent rigid strength and strong overload capacity;

2.Peripheral roller transmission, low energy consumption, stable and reliable operation;

3.Simple operation, convenient maintenance and remote control.


Peripheral Roller Transmission Thickener

Model

Thickening pond Production

capacity

(t/d)

Subsidence

Area

(m2)

Motor Gross weight

(kg） diameter

(mm)

depth

(mm)

Model

Power

(kw)

NG-15 15000 3612 88-390 177 Y132M2-6 5.5 11702

NG-18 18000 3500 127-560 255 Y132M2-6 5.5 9718

NG-24 24000 3400 226-1000 452 Y160M-6 7.5 24000

NG-30 30000 3940 353-1570 707 Y160M-6 7.5 31000

NG-45 45000 5060 792-2400 1590 Y160L-6 11 50640

NG-53 53000 5070 1000-3400 2202 Y160L-6 11 60910

Peripheral Gear Transmission Thickener

Model

Thickening pond Production

capacity

(t/d)

Subsidence

Area

(m2)

Motor Gross weight

(kg） diameter

(mm)

depth

(mm)

Model

Power

(kw)

NT-15 15000 3500 88-390 177 Y132M2-6 5.5 11702

NT-18 18000 3700 127-560 255 Y132M2-6 5.5 12120

NT-24 24000 3400 226-1000 452 Y160M-6 7.5 27270

NT-30 30000 3940 353-1570 707 Y160M-6 7.5 31000

NT-45 45000 5025 792-2400 1590 Y160L-6 11 58640

NT-53 53000 5070 1000-3400 1964 Y160L-6 11 69410

- 62 -

Tilted Plate Thickener

Brief Introduction

Firstly, mineral liquid is mixed uniformly and then carried into thickener. Secondly, by the action of cohesive and gravitational

force, the majority of overflows are overflowed through the overflow groove. The minority of overflows form small cyclone inside

the settling area and subsequently are compressed in the compressive area. As a result, granules are compressed by gravity and

then fall down, while clear liquid moves upward. Finally, concentrations are discharged from the lower underflow tube.

Advantages

1.The vibrator reduces the blockage by high frequency vibration and impact;

2.Installing underflow valve to increase the concentration of underflow;

3.The tilted plates installed in thickener are good for large equipment and reducing the height which improve capacity by 2-3

times.


Model

Subsidence Area

(m2)

Cone Hopper

Number

Length

(mm)

Width

(mm)

Height

(mm)

ZQN16 16 1 3690 1100 4360

ZQN31 31 1 3760 2460 4360

ZQN50 50 1 3690 3300 5260

ZQN63 63 1 5560 2460 5630

ZQN100 100 1 5560 3560 5500

ZQN125 125 1 5510 4400 5660

ZQN150 150 1 7710 3760 7890

ZQN200 200 1 7710 4880 8160

ZQN250 250 1 7710 6000 8500

ZQN300 300 1 8000 7020 7890

ZQN400 400 1 7710 9260 7890

ZQN500 500 1 7710 11500 8500

ZQN600 600 1 14880 7020 7890

ZQN800 800 1 14880 9260 8160

ZQN1000 1000 1、2、4 14880 11460 8500

ZQN2000 2000 4、8 14880 22920 8500

- 63 -

High-Efficiency Deep-Cone Thickener

Brief Introduction

Deep cone thickener also called paste thickener is higher than other thickeners which consists of deep cone, feeding device,

stirring device, control box, reagents adding device, automatic control system, etc.

Efficient deep cone thickener is mainly applied in thickening of minerals or other fine materials.

Advantages

1.Small area taken, large capacity;

2.Slender body, flocculants are added in the process of concentrate; accelerate the particle settlement and dewatering process;

3.Reasonable structure, low energy consumption, high efficiency and low operation and maintenance cost.


Motor

Tank Diameter

(mm)

Tank depth

(mm)

Sedimentation Area

(m2)

Capacity

(m3/h)

GSNG-3 3000 4404 21 60-70

GSNG-6 6000 8810 85 210-260

GSNG-9 9000 13500 310 570-700

GSNG-12 12000 17500 510 800-1200

GSNG-15 15000 19000 1200 1000-1500

GSNG-18 18000 22000 2000 1400-2100

GSNG-20 20000 22800 2700 2100-2600

- 64 -

FILTERING

>Ceramic Filter

>Disk Vacuum Filter

>Inorganic Membrane Vacuum Filter

>Horizontal Vacuum Belt Filter

>Cylindrical (Drum) Vacuum Filter

>Filter Press

- 65 -

Ceramic Filter

Brief Introduction

TM series ceramic vacuum filter is a new model high-effect, saving-energy filtration equipment, which is gathering the

machinery-power minihole ceramic ultralonic technology into one. Depending on vacuum absorbing and capillary effect to come

true the separation of liquid and solid Apply to industry such as mine, metallurgy, chemical industry, environmental protection

broadly．

Features

1.Microvac (vacuum degree-0.09~-0.098MPa), low moisture of cake;

2.Energy saving can reach 90％, low energy consumes, low operation cost;

3.Filter cake cleaning system is added, which is fit for the material needs to be washed;

4.PLC and computer integrate with automatic valve control, high degree of automation reduces labor intensity;

5.Compact structure requires a smaller floor space and offers convenient maintenance;

6.Advanced drainage system ensures application in any operating conditions.


Model

Filter Disc

（Ring

Amount of Screen

Board

Cubage of Groove

(M3)

Power of

Installation

(KW)

Moving Power

(KW)

Mainframe（M)

TM-1 1 12 0.21 3.5 2 1.6×1.4×1.5

TM-4 2 24 1 7 3 2.4×2.5×2.1

TM-6 2 24 1.2 7 6 2.4×2.9×2.5

TM-9 3 36 1.7 9 7 2.7×2.9×2.5

TM-12 4 48 2.2 11 7.5 3.0×2.9×2.5

TM-15 5 60 2.7 11.5 8 3.3×3.0×2.5

TM-21 7 84 4 13.5 9 4.6×3.0×2.6

TM-24 8 96 4.5 16.5 10.5 4.9×3.0×2.6

TM-27 9 108 5 17 11 5.2×3.0×2.6

TM-30 10 120 5.5 17.5 11.5 5.5×3.0×2.6

TM-36 12 144 7 23 16 6.6×3.0×2.6

TM-45 15 180 8.5 25 19 7.5×3.0×2.6

TM-60 15 180 12.5 33 22 7.5×3.3×3.0

- 66 -

TM-80 20 240 16.2 40 24 9.0×3.3×3.0

TM-102 17 204 18.5 53 35 8.8×3.6×3.3

TM-120 20 240 20 60 40 9.7×3.6×3.3

TM-150 25 300 24 75 47 11.2×3.6×3.3

Application

Our products have found their wide application in the separation of selected mine and tails mine of nonferrous metal, ferrous metal,

less-common metal and oxide of electrolyze residue, slag in chemical, environment protection and so on the material fineness

from -200 to -450 meshes and various superfine materials.

Mine

Size Distribution

Feeding

Concentration

Amount kg.(m2h)-1

Water Content %

Gold Concentrates -200～-325Mesh 50～60 900～1500 6.5～11.5

Gold Gangue -200～-400Mesh 45～60 400～600 13～16

Copper Concentrates -200～-325Mesh 45～60 600～900 6.5～12

Iron Concentrates -200～-325Mesh 40～60 850～1500 6～10

Zinc Concentrates -200～-325Mesh 50～60 750～900 6.5～12

Lead Concentrates -200～-400Mesh 50～65 650～800 10～12

Bauxite -200～-325Mesh 50～60 350～450 10.5～12

Lead-zinc Gangue -200～-325Mesh 50～65 350～550 12～16

Residue of Cyanide -325～-450Mesh 50～60 350～550 21～24

Sulfur concentrates -200Mesh covers 80% 50～65 350～790 8～12

Nickel concentrates -200～-325Mesh 55～60 300～600 10～12

Coal concentrates -200Mesh covers 80% 50～65 550～930 18～20

Zinc oxide -200Mesh covers 75% 55～65 620～1200 8～12

Fluorite powder -200Mesh covers 60% 55～65 750～900 8～12

Disk Vacuum Filter

Brief Introduction

Filter plate immersed in the pulp while in operation produces a surface absorption of filter cake, with the action of capillarity and

integrated with vacuum pressure. Filtrate enters distributing valve and drainage tank through filter plate. Filter cake comes out

from slime hopper receiving spray washing. Filter cake falls into the tank by the pressure from the wind and scraper.

It can be used for floating and dewatering in clean coal and fine materials like tailings, and it can be also used in metallurgy,

chemical, petroleum, sewage treatment, and other aspects of the solid-liquid separation.

- 67 -

Advantages

1.Large filtering area, large capacity;

2.Full dehydration;

3.Marked-technical and economic effect;

4.Small area taken, easy to manufacture and strong adsorption ability.


Model PG18-4 PG27-6 PG39-4 PG58-6 PG78-8 PG97-10 PG116-12

Filter Area (m2) 18 27 39 58 78 97 116

Quantity of Filter

Disc

4

6

4

6

8

10

12

Diameter of Filter

Disc (mm)

1800

1800

2700

2700

2700

2700

2700

Rotating

Speed of

Filter Disc

(r/min)

1 0.135 ~0.607 0.135 ~0.607 0.135 ~0.607 0.15~0.67 0.15~0.67 0.148~0.66 0.148~0.66

2 0.254~1.14 0.254~1.14 0.254~1.14 0.254~1.14 0.254~1.14 0.285~1.285 0.285~1.285

3

0.44~1.98

0.44~1.98

Rotating Speed of

Agitator (r/min)

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

Main

Drive

Motor

Model YCTL132-4B YCTL132-4B YCT160-4A YCT160-4B YCT160-4B YCTL180-4A YCTL180-4A

Power

(kW)

1.5

1.5

2.2

3

3

4

4

Speed

(r/min)

1230~125

1230~125

1250~125

1250~125

1250~125

1250~125

1250~125

Drive

Motor of

Agitator

Model Y90L-4 Y90L-4 Y90L-4 Y100L1-4 Y100L1-4 Y112M-4 Y112M-4

Power

(kW)

1.1

1.1

1.5

2.2

2.2

4

4

Speed

(r/min)

1440

1440

1440

1440

1440

1440

1440

Vacuum

Pump

Model SZ-4 2YK-27 SZ-4 SZ-4 SZ-4 2YK-110 2YK-110

Qty 1 1 1 2 2 1 1

Blower

Model SZ-2 SZ-2 SZ-2 SZ-3 SZ-3 SZ-3 SZ-3

Qty 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Weight (kg) 3500 4500 6000 8000 9000 10000 12000

Dimension

(LXWX H) (mm)

2820X2355X2

295

3820X2355X2

295

3015X3275X3

275

3930X3355X

3275

4730X3355X

3275

5530X3355X32

75

6330X3355X32

75

- 68 -

Inorganic Membrane Vacuum Filter

Brief Introduction

It adopts capillary function: only water can pass, air and minerals cannot in order to assure non-vacuum loss, therefore

consumption and water content of materials are greatly lowered. It is latest highly efficient, energy-saving and solid-

liquid separating equipment with combination of ceramic micropore, ultrasonic tech and automatic control.

Advantages

1.Non-cloth filter; high vacuum degree, filter cake has good drying performance;

2.Filtrate is clean and clear, repeated application is available to less drainage;

3.Low consumption and it can salve 80％ energy or even more in contrast with other equipment;

4.Screen board adopts latest while agglomeration technique with long service life and good filtering effect;

5.High automatization can lower labor force and numbers of operators;

6.Clean working environment, no pollution;

7.Close structure, cover less area, convenient installation and maintenance.


Parameter MS-1 MS-2 MS-3 MS-4 MS-6 MS-8 MS-9 MS-10 MS-80

Filter Disc(ring) 1 2 3 2 2 4 3 5 20

Cubage of Groove

(M3)

0.2

0.35

0.5

0.9

1.4

1.6

1.9

1.9

240

Weight (T) 1.5 2 2.5 2.6 2.8 3 4 4.5 150

Power of Installation

(KW)

2.8

3

3.5

4.5

4.5

6

7

10

25

Running Power

(KW)

<2.0

<2.0

<2.0

<3.0

<3.0

<3.4

<5.3

<6.5

<22

Length (M) 1.6 1.9 2.2 2.4 2.7 3 3 3.3 9.5

Width (M) 1.4 1.4 1.4 2.6 3 2.6 3 2.6 3.6

Height (M) 1.5 1.5 1.5 2.1 2.5 2.1 2.5 2.1 3

Filtering Parameter:

Materials Feeding Concentration Amount M3.(M2h)-1 Water Content after Treatment Solid Content of Filtrate

Sulfur Foaming >5％ 0.8-1.2 35-45％ <50ppm

- 69 -

Horizontal Vacuum Belt Filter

Brief Introduction

PBF horizontal vacuum belt filter is one new filter with high automatization. Treating filter cloth or filter net as medium, the

materials are levelly put on the filter medium to carry out solid-liquid separation making use of gravitated materials and vacuum

suction. It fits for materials with different concentrations with high efficiency and used by a lot of industries.

Features

1.Feed, filter, rinse, remove residue and regeneration of the filter cloth can be finished sequentially and automatically with high

automatization;

2.Wash the materials with multilevel advection or refluence, filter liquid and rinse liquid can be separated;

3.Fast filtration with thin layer can be realized for materials with low filterability and high viscidity;

4.The module design can be consolidated freely with high adaptability;

5.PLC control fits for remote and concentrated control;

6.Snake type deviation correction is adopted to prevent deflection and warp of the filter cloth.


Filter

Width

0.625-2.0(m)

2.5-3.0(m)

0.625m

1.25

1.6

2

2.5

3

Filter

Length

N

L

N

L

Filter

Area

Weight

Filter

Area

Weight

Filter

Area

Weight

Filter

Area

Weight

Filter

Area

Weight

Filter

Area

Weight

3000 0 6125 1 6150 1.9 2400 3.8 2850 4.8 3100 6 3400 7.5 3800 9 4200

4500 1 7625 2 7650 2.8 2600 5.6 3100 7.2 3400 9 3750 11.3 4200 13.5 4650

6000 2 9125 3 9150 3.8 2800 7.5 3350 9.6 3700 12 4100 15 4600 18 5100

7500 3 10625 4 10650 4.7 3000 9.4 3600 12 4000 15 4450 18.8 5000 22.5 5550

9000 4 12125 5 12150 5.6 3200 11.3 3825 14.4 4300 18 4800 22.5 5400 27 6000

10500 5 13625 6 13650 6.6 3400 13.1 4100 16.8 4600 21 5150 26.3 5800 31.5 6450

12000 6 15125 7 15150 7.5 3600 15 4350 19.2 4900 24 5500 30 6200 36 6900

13500 7 16625 8 16650 8.4 3800 16.9 4600 21.6 5200 27 5850 33.8 6600 40.5 7350

A 600 600 600 600 500 500

B 2400 2400 2400 2400 2000 2000

C 3000 3000 3000 3000 2000 2000

D 1550 1550 1650 1650 1700 1700

E 1100 1800 2200 2600 3150 3650

F 2100 2800 3200 4200 4150 4650

G 973.5 973.5 973.5 973.5 1028.5 1028.5

H 1348.5 1348.5 1348.5 1348.5 1403.5 1403.5

I 585 585 585 585 612 612

J 1104 1104 1104 1104 1163 1163

K 2030 2736 3136 3536 4146 4646

M 1300 1300 1300 1300 1300 1300

R 1250 1250 1250 1250 1350 1350

S 1400 2100 2500 2900 3450 3950

T 1670 1670 1770 1770 1870 1870

Application Table

Materials Name

Liquidtosolid

Ratio

Water

Content of

Filter

%

Production

Efficiency

Kg/m3/h

Materials Name

Liquidtosolid

Ratio

Water

Content of

Filter

%

Production

Efficiency

Kg/m3/h

Citric Acid

5/1-3/1

15

25.8

Miscible liquids of

sodium hydroxide

and

CUS

4/1

19.6

416

Zinc Oxide 43374 51.2 75.9 ABS resin 10/1 36-38 170-232

Mining slurry soaked by

Mno reductico acid

3.1

45.06

88.46

Calcium Phosphate Ore

Magma

3.5/1

21.5

345

Ferromagnet

2.5/1-4/1

7.6

500-1000

Soluble Phosphor

Fertilizer

2/1-5/1

43291

1000-2000

Sulphur mine 4/1-2.5/1 11.63 360-800 Vitriol dirt 1.5/1 37-40 665-780

Copper mine 4/1-2.5/1 12 400-600 Aluminous rocks 5/1-4/1 26.4-29 1700

Mine remaining part 9/1-4/1 21.4 300-500 Caustic mud 4/1 47-51 266-613

Iron-stone

2/1-1.5/1

43322

2000-3000

Residue silicon of

aluminum sulphate

1.5/1

37

200

- 69 -

- 70 -

Manganite

43132

15-17

800-1000

Fermented liquid of

gentamicin

1/1-2/1

33.1

78.5

Aluminum Hydroxide 43191 15-17 350 Coarse zinc oxide 4/1 23.5 233

Fluorite power

43132

11

800

Fluoride-bearing calcium

lime

4/1-5/1

42-51

200-560

Caustic mud 43191 47-51 266-613 Ammonium Salt 4/1 18-20 1000-1500

Vanadium Oxide (V2

O5)

43160 33 174 Sodium silico fluoride 3/1 15-20 300-500

Coal ash 43374 20.7 4.9m3/m3/h Wet cement 2/1 16-20 787

Gold mine 43132 25-27 111 Fine coal of coal dressing 4/1 22.4 218

Sub-ammonium

tungstate

43132

71

200

Tail coal of coal dressing

6/1

25

100

Organic nitrous dye-stuff 30/1-20/1 69 100 Zinc Sulfate Ore Magma 5/1 45-50 312

4A zeolite 80-100 g/L ≤43 164 Agate seed 200-400 g/L ≤20 684

Finished agate 260-600 g/L ≤15 125 Silica residue 4.5 ≤35 342

Baeyer aluminum

hydroxide seed

400-800g/L

≤15

2000

Desulfuration Gypsum

1/1

＜10 800-1000

Boehmite 43313 60 30-50

Cylindrical (Drum) Vacuum Filter

Brief Introduction

The cylinder is main part of filter. The large size cylinder is made of welded steel plate, the small size made of cast cylinder, and

some old-fashioned filter cylinder made of thick wood. The filter cylinder is divided to some filtering chambers by strip along the

circumferential direction. These chambers are strictly sealed without ventilation between each other. Filter plate is laid on filter

chamber forming a channel for filtrate and supporting filter cloth.

The cylinder is wrapped in filter cloth in order to ensure the sealing between each chamber.

There is a pipe at one end of the cylinder body which has the same number of channels with chambers. Each channel connects

with corresponding filter chamber. The transmission mechanism drives the cylinder, and could transform several speeds.

Advantages

1.Cylindrical external filtration type filter is normal filter realizing stepless speed change by adjusting the motor revolution;

2.It has the advantages of simple structure, low price, convenient operation, little wearing parts etc.

- 71 -


Model

Filter

Area

Cylinder

Spec.

(mm)

Cylinder

Rotating

Speed

(r/min)

Magnetic

Induction

(mt)

Filter

Cake

Moisture

(%)

Sucking Rate

(m3/min.m2)

Gauge

Pressure

(kg/cm2)

Capacity

(t/h)

Motor

Model

Motor

Power

(kW)

Weight

(kg)

GYW-3 3 φ1600X700 0.5-2 80 8-11 1 0.1-0.3 6.0-9 Y100L-6 1.5 3270

GYW-5 5 φ2000X900 0.5-2 80 8-11 1 0.1-0.3 14-18 Y100L-6 1.5 3935

GYW-8 8 φ2000X1400 0.5-2 82 5-15 1 0.1-0.3 22-45 Y100L-6 1.5 4755

GYW-12 12 φ2000X2000 0.5-2 87 5-15 1 0.1-0.3 33-65 Y112M-6 2.2 5420

GYW-20 20 φ2550X2650 0.5-2 87 5-15 1 0.1-0.3 50-108 Y132M2-6 5.5 6550

Vertical Automatic Press Filter

Brief Introduction

It is a solid-liquid separation equipment with high-efficiency, energy-saving and high automation degree. This equipment adopts

the pump pressure, material gravity and air pressure or water pressure to form the differential pressure on both sides of the cloth,

so it can achieve the high efficiency solid-liquid separation.

It has applied in dehydration for mine and gangue, metallurgy, and dehydration for oxide in chemical industry, and electrolysis

slag, leaching slag, as well as processing for sewage, polluted mud and waste acid.

Features

1.The layered structure of filter plate adopts guide device to make sure the smoothly running.

2.It can continuously automatically finish the operation in the process of filtering, extrusion, washing, drying, discharging and

filter cloth regeneration.

3.The filter pressure can reach 1.6 Mpa. Especially have good effect on various sticky tiny materials and low moisture of filter

cake.

4.Hydraulic pressure is adopted in the drive device; keep the equipment safety in operation.

5. Adopts PLC + touch screen + automatic valves to control, with the characteristics of flexible and simple operation, reduce the

production cost and working strength.

6.Compact structure, covers small area, large pressure and high working efficiency;

- 72 -

1. Bottom pressing board

2. Vertical column

3. Rapid reaction cylinder

4. Top pressing board

5. Upper frame

6. Filter cloth transforming

device and filter disc groove

7. Frame unit

8. Roller

9. Pipe road

10. Guiding block

11. Hydraulic device

12. Control cabinet

13. Valve

14. Filter cloth Hydraulic pipe road Side

protection cover and maintenance

platform


Model

Filter area

(m2)

Filter plate dimension

(WxL) mm

Filter plate qty

Filter pressure

(MPa)

Extrusion pressure

(MPa)

Capacity

(>m3/h)

BLZG6/900×1750 6

900×1750

4

0.3～0.6

0.8～1.6

1.44

BLZG9/900×1750 9 6 2.16

BLZG12/900×1750 12 8 2.88

BLZG15/900×1750 15 10 3.6

BLZG18/900×1750 18 12 4.32

BLZG21/900×1750 21 14 5.04

BLZG25/1200×2620 25

1200×2620

10 6

BLZG30/1200×2620 30 12 7.2

BLZG35/1200×2620 35 14 8.4

BLZG40/1200×2620 40 16 9.6

BLZG45/1200×2620 45 18 10.8

BLZG50/1200×2620 50 50 12

- 73 -

BLZG60/1500×4010 60

1500×4010

10 14.4

BLZG72/1500×4010 72 12 17.28

BLZG84/1500×4010 84 14 20.16

BLZG96/1500×4010 96 16 23.04

BLZG108/1500×4010 108 18 25.92

BLZG120/1500×4010 120 20 28.8

BLZG132/1500×4010 132 22 31.68

BLZG144/1500×4010 144 24 34.56

BLZG156/1500×4010 156 26 37.44

BLZG168/1500×4010 168 28 40.32

Vacuum Belt Press Filter

Brief Introduction

DZY belt vacuum press filter is updated equipment of our company with patent right. It fits for all circumstances of common belt

type pressure filter (DY Type), the productivity is 30 to 50% enhanced, water content in filter cake is 5 to 8% lessened; fit for

dehydration of compressible and fine sticking materials that need washing.

Features

1.Vacuum dehydration in advance can greatly enhance efficiency of dehydration;

2.Vacuum dehydration district can keep cleaning the materials;

3.Module design, machine can be consolidated freely.


Width

of filter

tray

500-2000mm

2500-3000mm

500mm

1000mm

1500mm

2000mm

2500mm

3000mm

Filter

Length

N

L

N

L

Filter

Area

Weight

Filter

Area

Weight

Filter

Area

Weight

Filter

Area

Weight

Filter

Area

Weight

Filter

Area

Weight

3000 1 8125 1 8150 1.5 3100 3 3700 4.5 4300 6 4900 7.5 5700 9 6300

4500 2 9625 2 9625 2.25 3250 4.5 3890 6.75 4525 9 5160 11.25 6000 13.5 6640

6000 3 11125 3 11150 3 3400 6 4080 8 4750 12 5420 15 6300 18 6980

7500 4 12625 4 12625 3.75 3550 7.5 4270 11.25 4900 15 5680 18.75 6600 22.5 7320

9000 5 14125 5 14150 4.5 3700 9 4460 13.5 5050 18 5940 22.5 6900 22.5 7320

10500 6 15625 6 15650 5.25 3850 10.5 4650 14.75 5275 21 6200 26.25 7200 31.5 8000

A 400 400 400 400 400 400

B 3500 3500 3500 3500 3500 3500

C 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000

D 2300 2300 2300 2300 2300 2300

E 1150 1650 2150 2650 3200 3700

F 2150 2650 3150 3650 4150 4650

G 795 795 795 795 795 795

H 1025 1025 1025 1025 1025 1025

I 2200 2200 2200 2200 2200 2200

J 2600 2600 2600 2600 2600 2600

K 1350 1850 2350 2850 3350 3850

M 1300 1300 1300 1300 1300 1300

R 1250 1250 1250 1250 1350 1350

S 1450 1950 2450 2950 3450 3950

T 1520 1520 1520 1520 1600 1600

- 74

- 75 -

COOLING

>Cooling Tower

>Stave Cooler

>Cooling Fan

>Evaporative Condenser

>Annular Cooler

>Belt Cooler

>Grate Cooler

- 76 -

Cooling Tower

Brief Introduction

The cooling tower with open and close type, cross or counter type: GOM Series Steel Open Cooling Towers, GHM Series Cross

Flow Closed Water Cooling Towers, GTM Series Counter Flow Closed Water Cooling Tower.

GOM towers are widely applied in different fields, to cool circulating water for Melting Furnaces, Induction Heaters, Metal Parts

Production Lines, Hydraulic Stations, Power Generators, and other utilities requiring massive cooling water, but not highly

demanding on water quality.

GHM Series are of capacities from 30 to 366 nominal tons, are widely applied in different fields, to cool circulating water, oil or

other process fluid for HVAC System, Compressors, Furnaces, Data Centers, Ground Source Heat Pumps, Power Generators,

Transformers, Converters, Refrigerators, Food and Chemical Production Lines, etc.

GTM Series are of regular capacities from 6 to 305 nominal tons, are widely applied in different fields, to cool circulating water,

oil or other process fluid for Melting/ Vacuum/ Multi-crystal Furnaces, Induction Heaters, Compressors, Heat Pumps, Metal Parts

Production Lines, Hydraulic Stations, Power Generators, Transformers, Converters, etc.

GOM Technical Parameters

Model No.

Nominal

Tons

Fan

Power

(kW)

Connecting Pipe(mm)

Overall Weight

Dimensions(mm)

Inlet

Outlet

Make

UP

Overflow

Drain

L

W

H

Net Operati

on

(kg)

(kg)

GOM01

09

S-1 136 3.7 DN150×2 DN150 DN25 DN50 DN50 1980 3910 3200 1800 3500

Q-1 156 5.5 DN150×2 DN150 DN25 DN50 DN50 1980 3910 3200 1800 3500

P-1 171 7.5 DN150×2 DN150 DN25 DN50 DN50 1980 3910 3200 1800 3500

GOM01

15

Q-1 208 5.5 DN150×2 DN150 DN25 DN50 DN50 2550 4300 3220 2150 4600

P-1 231 7.5 DN150×2 DN150 DN25 DN50 DN50 2550 4300 3220 2150 4600

GOM02

15

Q-1 264 5.5 DN200×2 DN200 DN25 DN50 DN50 2550 5530 3730 3350 7100

P-1 291 7.5 DN200×2 DN200 DN25 DN50 DN50 2550 5530 3730 3350 7100

O-1 322 11 DN200×2 DN200 DN25 DN50 DN50 2550 5530 3730 3350 7100

N-1 363 15 DN200×2 DN200 DN25 DN50 DN50 2550 5530 3730 3350 7100

M-1 383 18.5 DN200×2 DN200 DN25 DN50 DN50 2550 5530 3730 3350 7100

GOM02

32

N-1 742 15 DN250×2 DN300 DN50 DN65 DN65 4230 6830 5840 8650 19400

M-1 791 18.5 DN250×2 DN300 DN50 DN65 DN65 4230 6830 5840 8650 19400

L-1 835 22 DN250×2 DN300 DN50 DN65 DN65 4230 6830 5840 8650 19400

K-1 907 30 DN250×2 DN300 DN50 DN65 DN65 4230 6830 5840 8650 19400

J-1 968 37 DN250×2 DN300 DN50 DN65 DN65 4230 6830 5840 8650 19400

I-1 1017 45 DN250×2 DN350 DN50 DN65 DN65 4230 6830 5840 8650 19400

NOTE

Nominal Tons are based upon temp.drop 35~29.5°C/ 95~85°F, WBT 25.5°C/ 78°F, and 0.681 m3/hr/ton.

- 77 -

GHM Technical Parameters

Fan

Spray Pump

Connecting Pipe(mm)

Overall Weight

Dimensions(mm)

Model No. Nominal Power Air

Volume

(m3/s)

Power Flow

Rate

(T/h)

Inlet/ Make

Drainage

L

W

H

Net Operation

(kg) (kW)

(kW)

Outlet

Up

(kg)

GHM-225 30 1.1×2 3.7×2 1.5 45 DN80 DN25 DN40 2540 1940 2200 1020 1820

GHM-230 37 1.1×2 3.7×2 1.5 45 DN80 DN25 DN40 2960 1940 2200 1050 2020

GHM-235 43 1.1×2 3.7×2 1.5 45 DN80 DN25 DN40 2960 1940 2200 1100 2100

GHM-340 49 1.1×3 3.7×3 2.2 60 DN80 DN25 DN40 3360 1940 2200 1310 2540

GHM-350 61 1.1×3 3.7×3 2.2 60 DN80×2 DN25 DN40 3760 2240 2200 1450 3080

GHM-365 79 1.5×3 5.1×3 2.2 60 DN80×2 DN25 DN40 3360 1940 2730 1520 3200

GHM-380 98 1.5×4 5.1×4 2.2 114 DN80×2 DN25 DN40 4220 2240 2680 2050 4920

GHM-390 110 1.5×4 5.1×4 2.2 114 DN80×2 DN25 DN40 4220 2240 2680 2100 5000

GHM-3100 122 1.5×4 5.1×4 2.2 114 DN80×2 DN25 DN40 4220 2240 2840 2150 5100

GHM-3110 134 1.5×4 5.1×4 2.2 114 DN80×2 DN25 DN40 4220 2240 2840 2250 5250

GHM-5125 152 1.5×4 5.1×4 3.7 140 DN100×2 DN40 DN40 4740 2240 2910 2800 6800

GHM-5150 183 2.2×4 6.3×4 3.7 140 DN100×2 DN40 DN40 5440 2240 2910 3200 7820

GHM-5175 213 2.2×4 6.3×4 3.7 140 DN125×2 DN40 DN40 5440 2240 2910 3300 8000

GHM-7200 244 4×4 16.7×4 5.5 160 DN125×2 DN40 DN40 5840 2900 3260 5000 9000

GHM-7225 274 4×4 16.7×4 5.5 160 DN125×2 DN40 DN40 5840 2900 3470 5500 10000

GHM-7250 305 4×4 16.7×4 5.5 160 DN150×2 DN40 DN40 6420 2900 3470 6500 11500

GHM-7275 335 4×4 16.7×4 5.5 160 DN150×2 DN40 DN40 6420 2900 3470 6800 11800

GHM-7300 366 4×4 16.7×4 5.5 160 DN150×2 DN40 DN40 6420 2900 3470 7000 12000

NOTE

Nominal Tons are based upon temp. drop 35~29.5°C/ 95~85°F, WBT 25.5°C/ 78°F, and 0.681 m³/hr/ton.

- 78 -

GTM Technical Parameters

Fan

Spray Pump

Connecting Pipe(mm)

Overall Weight

Dimensions(mm)

Model No. Nominal Power Air

Volume

(m3/s)

Power Flow

Rate

(T/h)

Inlet/ Make

Drainage

L

W

H

Net Operation

(kg) (kW)

(kW)

Outlet

Up

(kg)

GTM-15 6 0.55 2.4 0.75 20 DN50 DN25 DN40 2200 1000 1830 450 700

GTM-110 12 0.55 2.4 0.75 20 DN50 DN25 DN40 2400 1000 1900 490 800

GTM-115 18 0.55×2 2.4×2 0.75 20 DN65 DN25 DN40 2300 1020 1830 460 1000

GTM-120 24 0.55×2 2.4×2 0.75 20 DN65 DN25 DN40 2300 1020 1900 500 1050

GTM-225 30 0.55×2 2.4×2 1.5 4 DN80 DN25 DN40 2860 1240 2050 730 1650

GTM-230 37 1.1×2 3.7×2 1.5 45 DN80 DN25 DN40 2860 1240 2180 830 1760

GTM-235 43 1.1×2 3.7×2 1.5 45 DN65×2 DN25 DN40 2860 1240 2420 1050 2030

GTM-340 49 1.5×2 5.1×2 2.2 60 DN65×2 DN25 DN40 2860 1520 2440 1280 2500

GTM-350 61 1.5×2 5.1×2 2.2 60 DN80×2 DN25 DN40 2860 1520 2630 1370 2660

GTM-365 79 1.1×4 3.7×4 2.2 60 DN80×2 DN25 DN40 3200 1760 2630 1820 3460

GTM-370 85 1.1×4 3.7×4 2.2 114 DN80×2 DN25 DN40 3200 2120 2750 1930 3970

GTM-380 98 1.5×4 5.1×4 2.2 114 DN80×2 DN25 DN40 3200 2120 2750 2050 4000

GTM-390 110 1.5×4 5.1×4 2.2 114 DN80×2 DN25 DN40 3200 2120 2750 2150 4050

GTM-3100 122 1.5×4 5.1×4 2.2 114 DN80×2 DN25 DN40 3550 2120 2750 2330 4710

GTM-3110 134 1.5×6 5.1×6 2.2 114 DN80×2 DN25 DN40 4150 2120 2870 2650 5550

GTM-5125 152 1.5×8 5.1×8 3.7 140 DN100×2 DN40 DN40 4750 2120 2970 3100 6500

GTM-5150 183 1.5×8 5.1×8 3.7 140 DN100×2 DN40 DN40 5050 2120 3120 3500 7480

GTM-7175 213 1.5×8 5.1×8 5.5 160 DN125×2 DN40 DN40 5480 2120 3120 3800 8240

GTM-7200 244 1.5×8 5.1×8 5.5 160 DN125×2 DN40 DN40 5080 2620 3120 4800 9170

GTM-7225 274 1.5×8 5.1×8 5.5 160 DN125×2 DN40 DN40 5480 2620 3220 5600 11300

GTM-10250 305 1.5×10 5.1×10 7.5 240 DN150×2 DN40 DN40 6230 2620 3220 6000 12560

NOTE

Nominal Tons are based upon temp. drop 35~29.5°C/ 95~85°F, WBT 25.5°C/ 78°F, and 0.681 m³/hr/ton.

- 79 -

Stave Cooler

Brief Introduction

The stave cooler is a cooling device inside the furnace and is placed between the furnace shell and the lining. The main material is

cast iron, cast steel or copper, and has a smooth surface and brickwork. It is mainly used for the tuyere and the following areas to

play the role of cooling the lining of the blast furnace hearth. Through the cooling of the lining of the hearth, the erosion,

penetration and erosion of the lining of the molten iron are relieved; the stave cooling stave: the structure is a strip-arranged brick

and a cast iron rib, the hot surface is flat, and the flaming surface is convenient Features. The main cooling staves are smooth stave,

settling stave, stave type stave, fully covered stave cooling stave, inverted C stave, etc.

Copper Cooling Equipment’s for Blast Furnace

Copper staves are made of oxygen-free copper plates and applied deep-hole drilling and automatic welding; Their copper content

Cu≥99.95%, electrical conductivity ≥98% IACS, tensile strength Rm≥200MPa; Copper staves have the advantages such as low

thermal resistance, low work temperature, high heat load etc. Besides of typical copper staves, Huaxing Company also provides

design, R&D, manufacture and after-sale service for taphole copper staves, tuyere area copper staves, copper staves with ledge,

hearth area copper staves, and kinds of special shaped copper staves for blast furnace revamp.

- 80 -

Typical Copper Stave Copper Stave with Ledge

Composited copper Stave

for Tuyere Zone

Copper Stave for

tap hole area

Special Shaped

Copper Stave

Copper Cooling Plate

Tuyere

Double Inlet &

Outlet Tuyere

Double Inlet &

Outlet Tuyere Section

Tuyere Cooler

Copper Cooling Equipment’s for Steel-making

Specialized in smelting mould copper material and manufacturing mould copper plate and copper pipe. We manufacture Plate

blanks, square billets, H-shaped billets,mold brass and copper ring if classifying according to the shape of continuous casing slab.

- 81 -

Copper Cooling Equipment’s for Electrical Arc Furnace

Provides the design, R&D and manufacture service of copper cooling equipment’s for lower electrode and furnace body of the

large ferroalloy electrical arc furnaces (submerged arc furnaces) ...

Copper Pressure Ring Copper Heat Shield

Copper Contact Shoe

Copper Roof

Copper Feed Chute

Copper Gas Off-Take Copper Bottom Ring

Bus tube Riser &

Contact Copper Tube

Copper Slag Launder

Copper Cooling Panel

- 82 -

Cast Iron Stave Cooler

Cast iron stave coolers are applied to body parts of blast furnace. Such as tuyere area, furnace belly, funace bosh,

furnace body, etc. They can protect the blast furnace effectively, extending its working life.

Cast Steel Stave Cooler

The cast steel stave cooler was independently researched and developed by TYMCC in 2008, according to the specific situation

and market demand of medium/small blast furnaces.

- 83 -

Cooling Fan

DIRECT-DRIVE AXIAL FANS

Brief Introduction

The standard closed loop series adopt direct-drive axial fans, fitted with resin or al-alloy airfoil blades perfectly balanced and

coupled to a weather proof TEFC three-phases electric motor. The fan casing is a galvanized steel cylinder to draw the air

vertically and avoid the risk of recirculation. The tip speed of the impeller is limited to keep the noise level within acceptable

limits.

NON-DIRECT DRIVE AXIAL FANS

A part of open loop series adopts non-direct drive axial fans, fitted with al-alloy airfoil blades perfectly balanced and coupled with

gear box or belts with speed reducer, to a weather proof TEFC three-phases electric motor. The fan casing is a galvanized steel

cylinder to draw the air vertically and avoid the risk of recirculation. The tip speed of the impeller is limited to keep the noise level

within acceptable limits.

- 84 -

Centrifugal Cooling Fan

Fan is the various factories, companies generally use one of the devices, especially fans of the more widely used. Boiler blast,

smoke and dust, ventilation, cooling fan cannot be separated, in power plants, mines, chemical and environmental engineering, the

fan is an important and indispensable equipment, proper understanding of the fan design, to ensure the fan is the normal economic

operation important.

Evaporative Condenser

Brief Introduction

Evaporative Condensers similar working theory as a type of Evaporative Coolers, but designed dedicatedly to cool process fluids

of refrigerant, of which the forms are changed during the process.

GZM Technical Parameters

Model No.

Nominal

Tons

Fan

Spray Pump

Liquid

Outlet

Overall Weight

Dimensions(mm)

Power Air

Volume

(m3/s)

Power Flow

Rate

(T/h)

Gas Inlet L

W

H

Net Operation

(kg)

(kW)

(kW)

(kg)

GZM-100 100 1.1 3.9 0.75 16 DN40 DN32 1130 770 2800 500 970

GZM-115 115 1.5 5 0.75 16 DN40 DN32 1150 890 3025 600 1070

GZM-130 130 1.5 5 0.75 16 DN40 DN32 1150 890 3025 620 1100

GZM-145 145 1.5 5.6 0.75 16 DN40 DN32 1160 1050 3075 800 1280

GZM-160 160 1.5 5.6 0.75 16 DN40 DN32 1160 1050 3075 820 1300

GZM-180 180 2.2 6.9 0.75 16 DN80 DN80 1710 1125 3210 1150 1630

- 85 -

GZM-200 200 2.2 6.9 0.75 16 DN80 DN80 1710 1125 3210 1170 1650

GZM-220 220 3 7.5 0.75 16 DN80 DN80 1835 1220 3210 1250 1950

GZM-240 240 3 7.5 0.75 16 DN80 DN80 1835 1220 3210 1270 1970

GZM-280 280 3 8.9 0.75 16 DN80 DN80 1680 1220 3400 1200 1900

GZM-300 300 3 8.9 0.75 16 DN80 DN80 1680 1220 3400 1220 1920

GZM-320 320 4 11.1 0.75 16 DN80 DN80 1880 1250 3400 1400 2100

GZM-340 340 4 11.1 0.75 16 DN80 DN80 1880 1250 3400 1420 2120

GZM-360 360 4 12.5 0.75 22 DN80 DN80 2000 1350 3400 1650 2350

GZM-380 380 4 12.5 0.75 22 DN80 DN80 2000 1350 3400 1670 2370

GZM-400 400 4 12.5 0.75 22 DN80 DN80 2000 1350 3400 1690 2390

GZM-430 430 4 18.1 1.5 45 DN100 DN100 1830 2410 4300 2490 3830

GZM-475 475 4 18.1 1.5 45 DN100 DN100 1830 2410 4300 2700 4050

GZM-495 495 5.5 19.7 1.5 45 DN100 DN100 1830 2410 4300 2710 4060

GZM-550 550 4 17.6 2.2 75 DN100 DN100 1930 3010 4350 3310 4980

GZM-595 55 5.5 21.7 2.2 75 DN100 DN100 1930 3010 4350 3320 4990

GZM-670 670 5.5 21.7 2.2 75 DN100 DN100 1930 3010 4350 3700 5380

GZM-700 700 5.5 21.7 2.2 75 DN100 DN100 1930 3010 4950 3800 5890

GZM-735 735 7.5 24.2 2.2 75 DN100 DN100 1930 3010 4950 3810 5900

GZM-780 780 5.5 22.2 2.2 75 DN100 DN100 1985 3210 4990 4040 6200

GZM-870 870 7.5 27.8 2.2 75 DN100 DN100 1985 3210 4990 4050 6210

GZM-940 940 11 34.7 2.2 75 DN100 DN100 1985 3210 4990 4060 6220

GZM-960 960 4.0×2 18.1×2 2.2 114 DN100×2 DN100 3575 2410 4300 4920 7590

GZM-1000 1000 5.5×2 19.7×2 2.2 114 DN100×2 DN100 3575 2410 4300 4940 7610

GZM-1050 1050 7.5×2 21.9×2 2.2 114 DN100×2 DN100 3575 2410 4300 4960 7630

GZM-1165 1165 4.0×2 17.6×2 3.7 140 DN100×2 DN100 3775 2710 4950 6070 10210

GZM-1285 1285 5.5×2 21.7×2 3.7 140 DN100×2 DN100 3775 2710 4950 6090 10230

GZM-1335 1335 7.5×2 24.2×2 3.7 140 DN100×2 DN100 3775 2710 4950 6110 10250

Note:

Nominal Tons are based upon condensing temp. 37°C/ 98.6°F, WBT 26°C/ 78.8°F.

- 86 -

Annular Cooler

Brief Introduction

Annular cooler is main equipment for the pelletizing and sintering process, it is common equipment in this industry. It is widely

used for sinter and pellet cooling. There are two main functions: cooling high temperature oxidation pellet which discharged from

kiln, to ensure the temperature low enough and satisfy to subsequent process; as the key point of thermal equilibrium for whole

system, it recycles quantity of heat which is from high temperature pellet, and it used for previous process thereby reducing the

fuel consumption.

As per different function or characteristic, there are two types of pellet annular cooler and sinter annular cooler.

Our company has all types of annular cooler, and we have capacity to develop and design as per client’s requirement. Our

production has many advantages such as simple structure, reliable performance, easy for operation and maintenance etc., and it

widely used for metallurgy industry. The new type of annular cooler which develop by our company is more batter sealing, more

batter for energy conservation and emission reduction and waste heat recovery.

Advantages:

Our company has designed and manufactured 40m2-700m2 pellets, sintered ore and other specifications of the ring cooler.

1. The upper smoke army adopts a new labyrinth type water seal to prevent dust, cracks, and mud in the tank. Automatic

replenishment, automatic adjustment of thermal expansion. The lower part adopts our company's patented close-to-product flexible

composite seal. Leakage rate is controlled within 5%. In addition, the new type of gravity mechanical seal developed by our

company is mature, stable, practical, safe and reliable. The technology replaces the thick rubber seal, reduces the air leakage rate,

and improves the cooling effect. It can maximize the recovery efficiency of waste heat, reduce energy consumption, and reduce

smoke and dust emissions.

2. The whole machine adopts the concept of flexible driving, with automatic correcting roller inside and outside, which makes the

device run smoothly and runs smoothly. The gears of the transmission part are of flexible structure, and adopt universal joints to

transmit power. The supporting rollers and the side rollers use the butterfly. Shaped elastic pad as a buffer, the flexibility is very

obvious.

3. The drive part adopts the pin-tooth type, which makes it easy to replace and maintain components without skidding.

4. The equipment cooling is good, the output temperature is less than 90 degrees, the heat recovery source along the new

temperature-resistant insulation material, the internal structure of the guest to do a unique anti-deformation processing, making the

equipment in a high product fast running stable, do not run Biased, not deformed.

5. Full recovery of heat sources. The use of special materials and structures results in the recovery of most of the heat and is used

- 87 -

for power generation. The generation of electricity per ton of minerals can reach 30 degrees and the benefits are considerable. For

example, 460m2 ring cooler single-unit equipment can generate electricity up to 90.42 million kilowatt-hours.

6. Power savings are significant. Ordinary ring cooler leakage rate is 50%, 415-460m2 ring cooler needs to configure four 900Kw

fan; energy-saving ring cooler leakage rate is less than 5%, configuration 10 132KW motor (4x900-10x132) x24x330 = 18.05

million kWh . A single set of equipment can save up to 18.05 million kilowatt hours of electricity.

7. The domestic enterprises energy consumption index is 2.5KgCO2 per kilowatt-hour reduction, and the total amount of CO2

emission reductions per year can reach 271 million kilograms. The environmental protection benefits and social benefits are huge.


Specification 40 ㎡ 50 ㎡

Cooling Capacity（t/h） 50 70

Cooling Area（㎡） 40 50

Cooling Annular Center Diameter（mm） 10 12

Rotation Speed（r/min） 1-3.7 1.6-2.4

Trolley Width（mm） 1.6 1.6

Trolley Quantity（unit） 30 30

Motor

Model YCT200-4A YCT200-4B

Power（kw） 5.5 7.5

Rotation Speed（r/min） 125-1250 125-1250

Reducer

Model SHS450-1000 SHS500-969-110d

Speed Ratio 1000 969

Cooling Annular Diameter（mm） 12630 14630

Power（kw） 600 600

Speed Ratio 21.05 24.383

Weight（kg） 71725 79625

Belt Cooler

Brief Introduction

Our company has designed and manufactured 30m2-150m2 pellets, sintered ore and other specifications of the ring cooler.

Belt cooler is suitable for various types of sintering machine, after the crushing and screening of the thermal sinter cooling and

cooling. The advantage is that the fabric is even and when the trolley is unloaded, it is flipped by 180 degrees, which is convenient

for cleaning the purlin material. This machine adopts multi-point (unit) blower or dual blower cooling. The transmission part

adopts combination of ZLT30-17-1 and ZQ-1000 and ZQ500 double decelerators. The matching drum-shaped gear coupling is

connected. Its structure is compact, the total speed ratio and transmission torque are large, and YCT series motor speed-adjusting

motor is selected. It can ensure that the output torque is a constant value, so that the start of the whole machine is stable, and the

smooth stepless speed regulation can be performed within the payment range, which is convenient for the operator to select a

reasonable belt speed for production according to the cooling and cooling degree of the mine flow. Structure: DLJ belt cooling

- 88 -

machine consists of chain, trolley, transmission, tensioning device, sealing device and fan. The trolley is driven by a chain pull.

There is no heat-resistant purlin at the bottom of the trolley. The bottom and both end of the trolley is rubber sealed. The sides of

the trolley are sealed with fan-shaped sealing plates and can be tilted or installed horizontally. A scraper is installed at the bottom

to collect the fines under the trolley on the conveyor.

Grate Cooler

Brief Introduction

Grate cooler is one of the important main equipment’s in cement clinker calcining system, whose main functions as cool and

convey the cement clinker, as same time, is also the main equipment for thermo-recycling in calcining system as well as supply hot

air for rotary kiln and calciner.

- 89 -

Applications:

Cement, silicate products, new construction materials, refractory materials, glass ceramics and other production industries.

Applicable materials:

Limestone, cement clinker, bauxite, active lime, aluminum hydroxide, bentonite and so on.

Technical Index:

* Output: 1500~7000 t/d

* Heat Efficiency: ≥75%

* Secondary Air Temperature: >1050℃

* Discharging Temperature: 65℃+Ambient Temperature

* Discharging Clinker Fineness: ≤25mm

* Equipment Running Rate: ≥98%

* Grate Plate Service Life: >5 Years

Model

Effective area (㎡)

Output（t/d）

Remark

LS0612 66 2500-3200 no clinker leaking，hydraulic drive

LS0810 73 2800-3500 no clinker leaking hydraulic drive

LS0811 80.5 3200-3800 no clinker leaking hydraulic drive





- 90 -

DRYING

>Rotary Kiln

>Rotary Dryer

- 91 -

Rotary Kiln

Brief Introduction

Rotary Kiln belongs to building material equipment, according to different materials, which can be divided into cement kiln,

metallurgy chemical kiln and lime kiln.

Cement kiln is used for making cement clinker and there are dry and wet methods to make cement clinker.

Metallurgy chemical kiln is widely used for magnetic roasting of poor iron ore and oxidizing roasting of chrome and nickel in the

steel factory; backing high-alumina mine in the refractory material factory; baking chamotte and alumina in the aluminum factory

and baking chrome ore and chrome powder in the chemical plant.

The Lime Kiln is used for roasting active lime in steel works and ferroalloy plants and light roasting dolomite.

Features

1. Supporting device apply rolling bearing (few with sliding bearing) to simple the bearing structure to slow down the kiln power

consumption and it also improve the maintenance and inspection conditions.

2. Catch wheel: including two kinds mechanical wheel and hydraulic pressure

3. Gears: single or double. Control the rotating speed by buncher, DE machine and frequency variable motor. Be reliable,

energy-saving, and efficient.

4. Cylinder type bolster: lower bolster has three types: fixed, zoom and floating. The structure is simple, replacement is convenient

and won't hurt cylinder.

5. Sealing equipment: there are many kinds for choice according to kiln models, including air cylinder edge sealing, spring edge

sealing, and graphite block sealing and combination for above. The feather is adaptive for cylinder rotating and swing. And sealing

effect is very good.

6. Kiln head hood: including stationary type and flexible type.

7. Transmission device apply speed adjustable motor with big speed adjustable range, stable operation, easy to maintenance

advantages. Our Rotary Kiln has slow disk kiln structure, which is composed by Diesel engine, gearbox, etc. It could continue to

operate when electric stops, its operation is very flexible and convenient and easy for the kiln maintenance and inspection.

- 92 -


Product

Specification

（m）

Kiln dimensions

Motor

power

（kw）

Total

weight

（t）

Note

Diameter

（m）

Length

（m）

Obliquity

（%）

Capacity

（t/d）

Rotation

speed

（r/min）

Φ2.5×40 2.5 40 3.5 180 0.44-2.44 55 149.61 -----

Φ2.5×50 2.5 50 3 200 0.62-1.86 55 187.37 -----

Φ2.5×54 2.5 54 3.5 280 0.48-1.45 55 196.29 outside disassemble kiln

Φ2.7×42 2.7 42 3.5 320 0.10-1.52 55 198.5 ------

Φ2.8×44 2.8 44 3.5 450 0.437-2.18 55 201.58 outside disassemble kiln

Φ3.0×45 3 45 3.5 500 0.5-2.47 75 210.94 ------

Φ3.0×48 3 48 3.5 700 0.6-3.48 100 237 outside disassemble kiln

Φ3.0×60 3 60 3 800 0.3-2 100 310 ------

Φ3.2×50 3.5 50 4 1000 0.6-3 125 278 disassemble kiln

Φ3.3×52 3.3 52 3.5 1300 0.266-2.66 125 283 kiln with preheater precalcine

Φ3.5×54 3.5 54 3.5 1500 0.55-3.4 220 363 kiln with prehrater precalcine

Φ3.6×70

3.6

70

3.5

1800

0.25-1.25

125

419

Generating kiln for using

ofterheat

Φ4.0×56 4 56 4 2300 0.41-4.07 315 456 kiln with preheater precalcine

Φ4.0×60 4 60 3.5 2500 0.396-3.96 315 510 kiln with prehrater precalcine

Φ4.2×60 4.2 60 4 2750 0.41-4.07 375 633 klin with prehrater precalcine

Φ4.3×60 4.3 60 3.5 3200 0.396-3.96 375 583 klin with prehrater precalcine

Φ4.5×66 4.5 66 3.5 4000 0.41-4.1 560 710.4 klin with prehrater precalcine

Φ4.7×74 4.7 74 4 4500 0.35-4 630 849 klin with prehrater precalcine

Φ4.8×74 4.8 74 4 5000 0.396-3.96 630 899 klin with prehrater precalcine

Φ5.0×74 5 74 4 6000 0.35-4 710 944 klin with prehrater precalcine

Φ5.6×87 5.6 87 4 8000 Max4.23 800 1265 klin with prehrater precalcine

Φ6.0×95 6 95 4 10000 Max5 950×2 1659 klin with prehrater precalcine

Rotary Dryer

Brief Introduction

Rotary dryer is also called rotary drying machine which is widely used for drying slag, limestone, pulverized coal and clay in

building material, metallurgy, chemistry and cement industry. The rotary dryer is mainly composed of rotary part, lifting board,

drive device, supporting device and sealing ring and it has the advantages of reasonable structure, fine manufacturing, high output,

low energy consumption and convenient operation.

- 93 -

Structure:

Rotary dryer is mainly compose of driving device, supporting roller, thrust roller, cylinder, kiln inlet, kiln outlet and sealing

device.

1. 2-3 supporting points can guarantee the contacting surface between supporting roller and tyre is paralleled with axis line of

cylinder during installation.

2. Supporting device is antifriction bearing (occasionally uses slide bearing). This design has simplified the supporting device of

supporting roller, and reduced the useless power loss during operation. It has the features like easy operation and maintenance.

3. Suitable shim between tire and shell will ensure the tire ring on the shell tightly to increase the shell strength.

4. The main driving system uses new type AC variable frequency technology. Compared with electromagnetic speed control and

DC speed control, that can save energy, have large range & high precision of speed regulation, high efficiency and running

smoothly.

5. Radial direction contacting type sealing device is adopted at kiln inlet and outlet. They are perfect suitable for dimension

tolerance of cylinder and skewing movement of cylinder. This sealing device’s feature is good performance, longer working life

and easy for replacement.


Spec./m

(Dia.×Length）

Shell Cubage

（m³）

Capacity

（t/h）

Installation

Obliquity

（%）

Highest Inlet Air

Temperature

（℃）

Main Motor

（kw)

Weight

（t）

Φ1.2×8.0 9 1.9～2.4 3～5 700～800 7.5 9

Φ1.2×10 11.3 2.4～3.0 3～5 700～800 7.5 11

Φ1.5×12 21.2 4.5～5.7 3～5 700～800 15 18.5

Φ1.5×14 24.7 5.3～6.6 3～5 700～800 15 19.7

Φ1.5×15 26.5 5.7～7.1 3～5 700～800 15 20.5

Φ1.8×12 30.5 6.5～8.1 3～5 700～800 18.5 21.5

Φ1.8×14 35.6 7.6～9.5 3～5 700～800 18.5 23

Φ2.2×12 45.6 9.7～12.2 3～5 700～800 22 33.5

Φ2.2×14 53.2 11.4～14.2 3～5 700～800 22 36

Φ2.2×16 60.8 13.0～16.2 3～5 700～800 22 38

Φ2.2×14 63.3 13.5～16.9 3～5 700～800 37 45

Φ2.4×18 81.4 17.4～21.7 3～5 700～800 37 49

Φ2.4×20 90.4 19.3～24.1 3～5 700～800 45 54

Φ2.4×22 99.5 21.2～26.5 3～5 700～800 45 58

Φ2.6×24 127.4 27.2～34.0 3～5 700～800 55 73

Φ3.0×20 141.3 30.1～37.7 3～5 700～800 75 85

Φ3.0×25 176.6 37.7～47.1 3～5 700～800 75 95

Φ3.2×25 201 42.9～53.6 3～5 700～800 90 110

Φ3.6×28 285 60.8～76.0 3～5 700～800 160 135

- 94

- 95 -

TRANSPORTING

>Wheel Loader

>Crawler Excavator

>Off-road Heavy Duty Truck

>Truck Crane

>Overhead Crane

>TD75 Belt Conveyor

>DTII Belt Conveyor

>DY Movable Belt Conveyor

>Bucket Elevator

>Scraper Chain Conveyor

>Screw Conveyor

>Side Cantilever Stacker

>Coke Quenching Car

>Electric Flat Car

>Iron Ladle Car

>Ladle Car

>Slag Pot Car

- 96 -

Wheel Loader

Brief Introduction

ZL50GN wheel loader is the latest cross-generation product developed by XCMG on the basis of the globalized technologic

resources.

Focusing on the customer value and emphasizing the customer experiences, XCMG’s new generation loader boasts outstanding

advantages (such as efficiency) in the fields of engineering constructions, aggregate yards, and coal logistics.

Features

Performance Highlights

The 160kN traction force and ≥3.5m high dumping capacity handle the severe conditions with ease.

≥7,500kg lifting capacity and 170kN breakout force handle all kinds of materials with ease.

Strong power

With strong power and high torque reserve factor, this engine meets the instant overload demand during operations and sufficiently

provides the power required for heavy-load operations.

The three-stage desert filter element features simple maintenance and low cost.

Excellent quality power and drive systems

The transmission, the axles, and the drive shafts are optimized in structures and upgraded in materials to achieve stronger drive

capacity.

The enhanced torque transmission capacity for friction pairs improves the capacity by >15% for all gears.

The main reducer bevel gears are optimized in materials and processes to improve the reliability by 15%.

Human-oriented design Guarantee safety and reduce fatigue

Convenient get-on/get-off and high operation safety: The ladders and the handrails are arranged ergonomically and the operation

platform adopts the anti-skid perforation

measure.

- 97 -


Item Specification Unit

Rated operating load 5000 kg

Bucket capacity 2.5~4.5 m³

Machine weight 17500±300 kg

Dump clearance at maximum lift 3100~3780 mm

Reach at maximum lift 1100~1220 mm

Wheel base 3300 mm

Tread 2250 mm

Max.breakout force 175±5 kN

Hydraulic cycle time-raise 6 s

Total hydraulic cycle time 10.5 s

Min. turning radius over tyres 5925±50 mm

Articulation angle 38 °

Gradeability 30 °

Tyre size 23.5-25-16PR

Overall machine dimension L×W×H 8225×3016×3515

Model WD10G220E21

Rated Power 162 Kw

Travel speed

Ⅰ-gear(F/R) 13/17 km/h

Ⅱ-gear(F) 41 km/h

No further information of sample contents, product structure and configuration parameters updates.There maybe some difference

between sample books and material objects.Please kind prevail.

Crawler Excavator

Brief Introduction

Crawler excavator is a tracked vehicle designed to dig or grade, or move earth and large objects, and is classified by its mode of

locomotion. The many types of excavators include wheeled, walker, towed and rail excavators. Related to tracked tanks widely

used by armies, these crawlers move upon the same rotating wheel systems, but also have the ability to dig, pick and transport

excavated materials as they proceed.

The crawler excavator components include a major crawler chassis, rotor support, the central swivel joints, turntables, the device

weight, the panel, cab and air-conditioners.

Crawler excavators are widely used in construction work, such as digging trenches, holes and foundations, as well as for handling

materials, moving earth, demolition, dredging, etc. Other attachments adapt the crawler excavator for boring, ripping, crushing,

cutting and lifting.

- 98 -

YC230LC-8 Excavator

* Weight：22360kg（49295lbs）

* Rated power：112kW/2200rpm(150.08hp/2200rpm)

* Standard bucket capacity：1.05m3 （37.1cu.ft.）

* Standard bucket wide：1385mm(4'6''in)

Principal Dimension

A Overall Length (trans pos) 9565mm(31'4''in)

B Overall Height (trans pos) 3000mm (9'10''in)

C Width of Undercarriage 2990mm(9'10''in)

D Width Of Track 600mm (1'12''in)

- 99 -

E Maximum Platform Tail Turning Radius 2777mm(9'1''in)

F Length Of Track 4446mm (14'7''in)

G Sprocket To Idler Centres 3650mm(11'12''in)

H Dist.Between Undercarriage And Ground 484mm(1'7''in)

I Dist.Between Boom And Ground 2999mm (9'10''in)

J Width Of Platform 2700mm (106.3in)

L Dist.Between Platform And Ground 1094mm (3'7''in)

K Dist. Between Hood and Ground 2300mm

Characteristic

Operation Hydraulic Pressure 31.4/34.3 Mpa(4553/4973.5PSI)

Maximum Digging Force ≥140 (31482lbs)

Maximum Gradeadility ≥70%(35°)

Travelling Speed 4.7~5.5 km/h (2.9~3.4mph)

Maximum traction 183KN (41151lbs)

Swing Speed of Platform 11~12rpm

Variable displacement pump capacity 111+111+10ml/r (0.0244+0.0244+0.0022gallon/r)

Fixed displacement pump capacity

Swing Angularity of the Digging Arm(left/right)

Operating Envelope

A Maximum Digging Height 9680mm(31'9''in)

B Maximum Dumping Height 6770mm(22'2''in)

C Maximum Digging Depth 6645mm(21'9''in)

D Maximum Digging Radius 9935mm(32'7''in)

D1 Maximum Depth For Bulldozing 9700mm(31'10''in)

E Maximum Height Digging Radius 5790mm(18'12''in)

F Maximum Platform Tail Turning Radius 3424mm(11'3''in)

- 100 -

Off-highway Heavy Duty Truck

Brief Introduction

SANY off-highway mining truck SRT45 is the star product of SANY Mining Machinery and its loading capacity is 45 ton. With

genuine components provided by world famous manufacturers and advanced technologies, SANY SRT 45 ton mining truck is your

best choice at demanding jobsites to load and unload coal, iron ore, quarry, hydropower, cement, construction materials, etc.

Features

High Safety

Multiple Brake Modes

The oil cooled plate brake developed by SANY autonomously integrates service brake, parking brake, slow-down brake and

emergency brake to provide higher brake safety guarantee. It completely adapts to the working conditions of cold weather and high

elevations and realizes safe and stable braking

Zero Dead Zone Design

The flat type design makes field of view more open and the dead zone is 2m smaller than that of comparable products. Besides,

patented rear view mirror layout design realizes operation without dead zone to ensure safer running on a high density construction

site.

Roll-Over/Falling-Object Prevention System

The truck cab is standardly equipped with high-strength frame which is more than 20% stronger than products of the same kind. It

fully meets relevant standards for protection against turnover and fall.

Reliability and Durability

Optimized Design

The frame welds have been ultrasonically tested for defects to guarantee the truck's reliability and durability. First-class

technologies such as hydraulic matching, noise reduction, body and pipeline design, optimal steering technique and imported

gearbox ensure the machine's reliability.

- 101 -

Fine Production

Heavy-load and high-strength alloy cast steel shell weld combination structure innovated can function perfectly in collaboration

with the cast part quality control system to provide a reliability which is more than 10% higher than that of the comparable

products.

Comfort and Economical

Suspension System

The front suspension is SANY's patented McPherson independent suspension equipped with oil/gas suspension cylinder with

idle/full load variable damping, the mean square of its vibration acceleration is more than 20% lower than that of similar products

and the vibration absorption performance of overall vehicle is better.

Low Cost

The non-breathing hydraulic oil tank is innovated to reduce operation cost. Brand new light weight design technique provides

more oil savings. The intelligent self-fault-diagnosis technique is more convenient and safe.


Engine Model Cummins QSX15-C525

Gross Power(2100rpm) 391 kW (626 hp)

Max. Torque(1300rpm) 2440 Nm(1800 lb ft)

Displacement 15 L(915 in3)

Gear Box 6F, 1R

Axle Spiral bevel gear differential and planetary reducer

Brake System Front：dry disc brakes, Rear: oil-cooled disc brakes

Tires 21.00-35(36 PR)E-4

Rated Payload 45t(98710 lb)

Heaped(2:1) 29.5 m3(38.6 yd3)

Min. Turning Radius 9530mm

Gross Operating Weight 81800 kg(179432 lb)

Truck Crane

Brief Introduction

A truck-mounted crane has two parts: the carrier, often referred to as the lower, and the lifting component which includes the

boom, referred to as the upper. These are mated together through a turntable, allowing the upper to swing from side to side. These

modern hydraulic truck cranes are usually single-engine machines, with the same engine powering the undercarriage and the crane.

The upper is usually powered via hydraulics run through the turntable from the pump mounted on the lower.

- 102 -

Features

1. Continuously overall promotion makes our lifting capacity of crane be improved once and once again

2. 43 m main boom , two section jibs (9.5m . 16m)

3. Optimized central slewing position increases the lifting capacity of the crane over rear

4. Large outrigger span improves the working stability of the crane greatly

5. Adopt internationally advanced structure analysis and calculation methods to develop the lifting capacity of crane deeply

6. Leading boom manufacturing process in trade.


Working

Performance

Max. rated lifting capacity kg 70000

Max. load moment of basic boom kN.m 2352

Max. load moment of Max. length boom kN.m 1098

Max. lifting height of basic boom m 12.2

Max. lifting height of boom m 44.2

Max. lifting height of jib m 60.2

Working

Speeds

Max. hoist rope speed (Main winch) m/min ≥135

Max. hoist rope speed (Auxiliary winch) m/min ≥110

Boom derricking up time s 57

- 103 -

Boom extending time s 107

Slewing speed r/min 1.8

Driving

Parameters

Max. driving speed km/h 75

Max. gradeability % 37

Min. turning diameter m 24

Min. ground clearance mm 280

Oil consumption per hundred kilometers L 46

Mass

Deadweight in driving condition kg 45000

Complete vehicle kerb mass kg 44870

Axle load (Front) kg 19000

Axle load (Rear) kg 26000

Dimensions

Overall dimensions (L × W × H) mm 14100×2750×3750

Longitudinal distance between outriggers m 6.00

Transversal distance between outriggers

m

Fully extended 7.60

Half-extended 5.04

Slewing radius mm 4020

Boom length m 11.6~44.0

Boom angle 。 -2~80

Jib length m 9.5, 16

Offset 。 0, 30

Overhead Crane

Brief Introduction

The series general-purpose bridge cranes with magnet, grab, hook carrier beam or rotary hook, widely serve in port, metallurgy,

energy sources, chemical industry, mine, etc.

The overhead crane for metallurgy is a hot-selling product. It is mainly used for lifting ladles, steel pipes, steel plates, coils, beam

steel, steel craps, etc. in the field of metallurgy. The sling can be hook, grab, electromagnetic spreader, clamp, etc.

- 104 -

Features

1. Main lifting mechanism of metallurgy overhead crane is with fast speed to meet the requirement of efficient production. Speed

regulating can be carried out by stator pressure regulation and motor frequency conversion.

2. Anti-sway system for steady and smooth operation.

3. Accurate positioning, fully automatic, CNC control.

4. European standard, FEM/DIN.

5. Safe and reliable, reasonable structure, economical, long service life and convenient to maintain, etc.


Lifting Capacity

t

100/32

Double Girder

100/32

Four Girders

125/32

Double Girder

125/32

Four Girders

Span m 19.5~28.5 19~28 19.5~28.5 19~28

Lifting Head m 20/22 20/22 20/22 20/22

Work Duty A7

Main Lifting Speed m/min 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5

Vice Lifting Speed m/min 10.5 12 10.5 12

Crane Traveling Speed m/min 38 32.5/37.4 38 38/37.4

Trolley Traveling

Speed

m/min

68

78

79.7

79.7

Power KW 393 426.5 479 484.5

Track QU120

TD75 Belt Conveyor

Brief Introduction

TD75 type belt conveyor has two kinds of fixed and movable type according to its support structure: according to the conveyor

belt material, there are adhesive tape, plastic tape and steel core tape. Conveyor working environment temperature is generally

between -10 °C - +40 °C, the required material temperature does not exceed 70 °C; heat-resistant rubber belt can be transported

120 °C below the high temperature materials.

It has been widely applied to truck loading, ship loading, transshipment transport or stacking all kinds of bulk materials or the

integrated articles in the metallurgy, mine, coal, port, transport, water and electricity, chemical engineering and other industries.

- 105 -

Structures

1. Driving part: The driving device is composed of a drive rack, a motor, a high speed coupling, a speed reducer, and a speed

reduction coupling. According to the layout requirements: the drive is equipped with two kinds of left and right.

2. Rolling part: There are two major categories of drive roller and redirection roller.

3. Roller section: slotted, parallel, aligning and buffering rollers.

4. Sweeping section: Split spring cleaner and empty section cleaner.

5. Discharging part: divided into fixed plough unloader and electric unloader.

6. Braking: There are two types of belt backstop and roller backstop.

7. Accessories: In the shell, the guide slot, funnel and so on.


Supporting Roller

Carrying Form

V(m/s)

Bandwidth B(mm)

500 650 800 1000 1200 1400

Transport Capacity Q (t/h)

Trough Roller

0.8 78 131

1 97 164 278 435 655 891

1.25 122 206 348 544 819 1115

1.6 156 264 445 696 1048 1427

2 191 323 546 853 1284 1748

2.5 232 391 661 1033 1556 2118

3.15 824 1233 1858 2528

4 2202 2996

Parallel Roller

0.8 41 67 118

1 52 88 147 230 345 469

1.25 66 110 184 288 432 588

1.6 84 142 236 368 553 753

2 103 174 289 451 677 922

2.5 125 211 350 546 821 1117

DTII Belt Conveyor

Brief Introduction

DTII type fixed belt conveyor is a continuous conveying equipment for traction components of cotton canvas, nylon, polyester

canvas, steel cord conveyor belt, widely used in metallurgy, mining, coal, power station, building materials and other industries.

The loose bulk density of 500 ~ 2500Kg/m3 delivery of various bulk materials and items. It has the features of high production

efficiency, large transport volume, low energy consumption, continuous long-distance transportation, stable and reliable operation,

low noise, low pollution, simple structure and low operating cost.

DTII fixed belt conveyor is designed according to the series of parts, working environment temperature is -25 ~ +40 °C, for high

temperature, cold, explosion-proof, anti-corrosion, acid and alkali, waterproof and other special workplaces, should be separately

- 106 -

Take appropriate protective measures. Designers can design, calculate and combine the entire conveyor according to different

terrain and working conditions according to the conveying process requirements.

Features

1. Wide variety of conveying materials;

2. Wide range of conveying capacity;

3. Transmission line adaptability;

4. Flexible loading and unloading;

5. High reliability, High safety

6. Low maintenance costs.


Band speed(m/s)

Band width(mm)

0.8

1

1.25

1.6

2

2.5

3.15

4

5

500 69 87 108 139 174 217

650 127 159 198 254 318 397

800 198 248 310 397 496 620 781

1000 324 405 507 649 811 1014 1278 1622

1200 593 742 951 1188 1486 1872 2377 2971

1400 825 1032 1321 1652 2065 2602 3304 4130

1600 2186 2733 3444 4373 5466

1800 2795 3494 4403 5591 6989

2000 3470 4338 5466 6941 8676

DY Movable Belt Conveyor

Brief Introduction

DY type movable belt conveyor is a kind of continuous transportation loading and unloading equipment with high work efficiency,

good use and mobility. Mainly used in places where loading and unloading sites are frequently changed, such as: ports, docks,

- 107 -

stations, coal yards, warehouses, construction sites, sand and gravel yards, and farms. They are used for short-distance

transportation and handling of bulk materials or single pieces weighing less than 100 kg. Of items. DY-type mobile belt conveyor

is divided into two types: liftable type and non-liftable type. The running of the conveyor belt is driven by the electric drum. The

lifting and running of the whole machine are non-motorized.

DY type movable belt conveyor is suitable for short-distance transportation and loading and unloading of bulk materials or articles.

Steel structure, lightweight and beautiful, good maneuverability. The rotating device is a motorized roller and is equipped with two

kinds of walking wheels: pneumatic tire and steel wheel. The captain is more than 10 meters in pitch angle.

Features

1.Light weight, one operator can move it easily.

2.Lifting height can be adjust according to your need.

3.Belt conveyor system provides gentle handling and higher capacity than the same size screw conveyor.

4.With wheels and can be moved to anywhere to save equipment number.

5.Easier for bags or bulk material stacking in warehouse to save your labor cost.

6.Adopt chevron pattern conveyor belt to increase the maximum conveyor angle.

7.The conveyor length can be customized according to your requirement.


Model No.

Band

width

(mm)

Conveyor belt

length

(mm)

Band speed

(m/s)

Transport

Capacity

Q (t/h)

Lifting

height

Wheel

structure

Dimensions(mm)

Parallel

Roller

Trough

Roller

Parallel

Roller

Trough

Roller

A

B

H

DY4031 400

3

0.8

1.6

40

80

1.2

Without

steering

3342 880 1255

DY4051 5 5392 880 1227

DY4071 7 1.3

7403 880 1329

DY40101 10 10420 880 1323

DY5051 500

5 70

145

1.6

5465 980 1669

DY5071 7 7513 980 1620

DY50101 10 1.77 11308 1290 1802

DY50151 15 1.6 16350 1290 1646

- 108 -

DY6551 650

5 130

265

1.5 5494 1150 1590

DY6571 7 1.5 7523 1150 1554

DY65101 10 1.8 11308 1460 1852

DY65151 15 1.85 16340 1460 1884

Bucket Elevator

Brief Introduction

The bucket elevator is used to vertically lift the granular materials such as limestone, coal, gypsum, clinker, dry clay, etc., as well

as powdery materials such as raw materials, cement, and pulverized coal.

The bucket elevator can divided into ring chain, plate chain and belt type, with TB, TD/TH, TDG/THG, NE models.

TB Plate Chain Bucket Elevator Technical Parameters

TB Plate Chain Bucket Elevator

Model TB250 TB315 TB400 TB500 TB630 TB800 TB1000

Capacity (m³/h) 20~29 51~72 85~121 135~191 207~294 281~398 398~565

Max. Particle Size 60 60 80 100 125 125 150

Bucket Type J T T T T T T

Bucket Volume (L) 4.7 11.8 25.3 50 96 130 232

Bucket Speed (m/s) 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5

Plate Chain Pitch

(mm)

125

125

160

200

250

250

315

Plate Chain No. 1 2 2 2 2 2 2

Max. Lifting Height

(m)

50

40

40

40

40

30

30

- 109 -

TD Belt Bucket Elevator Technical Parameters

TD Belt Bucket Elevator

Model TD160 TD250 TD315 TD400 TD500 TD630

Bucket type Zd Sd Zd Sd Zd Sd Zd Sd Zd Sd Zd Sd

Capacity

(m3/h)

16

27

38

59

42

67

68

110

96

154

148

238

Bucket

width(mm)

160

160

250

250

315

315

400

400

500

500

Bucket

volume(L)

4.2

1.9

3

4.6

3.8

5.8

5.9

9.4

9.3

14.9

14.6

23.5

Running Speed

（m/s）

1.4

1.6

1.6

1.8

1.8

2

Hopper

Spacing(m)

350

450

500

560

625

710

Pulley

Rotation Speed

67 t/min

61 t/min

61 t/min

55 t/min

55 t/min

48 t/min

Belt Width

(mm)

200

200

300

300

400

400

500

500

600

600

700

700

TH Ring Chain Bucket ElevatorTechnical Parameters

TH Ring Chain Bucket Elevator

Model TH160 TH200 TH250 TH315 TH400 TH500 TH630 TH800 TH1000 TH1250

Bucket Type sh sh sh sh sh sh sh sh sh sh

Capacity m³/h 25 29 48 60 94 118 185 235 365 613

Bucket Width mm 160 200 250 315 400 500 630 800 1000 1250

Bucket Volume 1.9L 2.4L 4.6L 6.0L 9.5L 15.0L 23.6L 37.5L 58.3L 92L

Bucket Pitch mm 500 500 500 512 512 688 688 920 920 864

Bucket Speed 1.2m/s 1.4m/s 1.5m/s 1.6m/s

Chain(diameter×pitch)

mm

14×50

14×50

14×50

18×64

18×64

22×86

22×86

26×92

26×92

30×108

Chain Number 9 9 9 7 7 7 7 9 9 7

Chain Quantity 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Driving Pulley

Diameter/mm

300

365

520

630

710

800

900

1000

1250

1250

Single Chain Broken

Load

≥190kN

≥320kN

≥480kN

≥570kN

≥890kN

Speed of

mainshaft(r/min)

69.71

63.22

44.11

42.5

37.6

35.8

31.8

30.5

24.4

24.4

Max. Material Particle

Size mm

20

25

30

35

40

50

60

65

70

75

- 110 -

TDG/THG Ring Chain Bucket ElevatorTechnical Parameters

TDG Belt Bucket Elevator（with Sh bucket）

Main Technical

TDG

TDG

TDG

TDG

TDG

TDG

TDG

TDG

TDG

TDG

TDG

Parameters 160 200 250 315 400 500 630 800 1000 1250 1600

Capacity Q 32

45

72

101

158

220

348

492

788

1.22

1541

（m³/h）

Bucket 2.6

4

7

10

16

25

40

64

102

161

255

Volume /L

Pitch of 260

300

325

360

420

460

520

580

650

720

820

Buckets /mm

Weight of

22

21.5

33

33.2

42.2

62.3

78.53

106

145

155.5

223 traction

belt&bucket per

meter（kg/m)

Running Speed 1.2

1.2

1.34

1.34

1.5

1.5

1.68

1.65

1.86

1.86

1.836

v/（m/s)

Lifting height 80

80

80

80

80

80

80

80

80

80

80

max/m

THG Belt Bucket Elevator（with Sh bucket）

Main Technical

THG

THG

THG

THG

THG

THG

THG

THG

THG

THG

THG

Parameters 160 200 250 315 400 500 630 800 1000 1250 1600

Capacity Q 30

50

70

100

160

210

350

475

715

1120

1550

（m³/h）

Bucket 2.6

4.1

6.5

10

16

25

40

64

102

161

255

Volume /L

Pitch of 270

270

336

378

420

480

546

630

756

756

882

Buckets /mm

Weight of

31

31.85

33.4

43.25

60.9

79.6

88.66

107

150

187.6

233 traction chain

& bucket per

meter（kg/m)

Running Speed 0.93

0.93

1.04

1.04

1.17

1.17

1.32

1.31

1.47

1.47

1.47

v/（m/s)

Lifting height 60

60

60

60

60

60

60

55

55

40

40

max/m

NECement Bucket ElevatorTechnical Parameters

NE Cement Bucket Elevator

Model NE15 NE30 NE50 NE100 NE150 NE200 NE300 NE400 NE500 NE600 NE800

- 111 -

Capacity

(m³/h)

15

32

60

110

170

210

320

380

470

600

800

Max. Particle

Size (mm)

40

55

60

70

90

100

125

130

140

150

165

Bucket Volume

(L)

2.5

7.8

15.7

35

52.2

84.6

127.5

182.5

260.9

330.2

501.8

Bucket Width

(mm)

250

300

300

400

600

600

600

700

700

700

800

Bucket

Pitch(mm)

203

305

305

400

400

500

500

600

700

700

800

Bucket

Speed(m/s)

0.5

0.5

0.5

0.5

0.5

0.5

0.5

0.5

0.5

0.5

0.5

Max.Lifting

Height(m)

35

50

45

45

45

40

40

40

30

30

30

Scraper Chain Conveyor

Brief Introduction

Scraper chain conveyor can divided into Horizontal, Incline, Grain type, with MS/MSF, MC/MCF, MZ/MZF, and FU models.

The scraper chain conveyor is widely used in chemical industry, machinery, metallurgy, light industry, food, medicine,

transportation, hydropower and other departments, used to transport small dust, granulated and small lump materials.


MS Scraper Conveyor Technical Performance

Type MS16 MS20 MS25 MS32 MS40

Trough Width 160 200 250 320 400

Allowed Material Density Range 0.2-2.5t/m³

Max.Conveying Distance 120m

Conveying Capacity

speed m/s 0.16 0.16 0.16 0.16 0.16

capacity m³/h 15 23 36 59 83

speed m/s 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2

capacity m³/h 18 29 45 74 104

speed m/s 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25

capacity m³/h

23

36

56

92

130

speed m/s 0.32 0.32 0.32 0.32 0.32

capacity m³/h

29

46

72

118

166

MC Scraper Conveyor Technical Performance

Model no. MC16 MC20 MC25 MC32

Vertical section of the machine slot width B(mm) 160 200 250 320

Vertical load machine slot height h(mm) 120 130 160 200

Vertical light machine slot height h2(mm) 130 140 170 215

Scraper chain

Chain pitch t(mm) 100 125 160 200

Die forging chain

DL10

DL12.5

DL16

Type and

code(chain)

Roller chain GL10 GL12.5 GL16

Double plate chain

BL20

Type and

code(plate)

Type V2 √ √ √

Type O √ √ √ √

Type O4 √

Chain speed

V(m/s)

0.16 √ √ √

0.2 √ √ √ √

0.25 √ √ √ √

MZ Scraper Conveyor Technical Performance

Model no.

Speedm/s

Throughputm3/h

Density

of the

material

H=5m

H=10m

H=15m

H=20m

H=25m

Max. power

kw

t/m3

MZ16

0.16 8 1 3.5 3.9 4.4 4.8 5.2 5.5

0.2 10 1 4.5 5 5.5 6.1 6.6 7.5

0.25 12 1 5.6 6.3 6.9 7.6 8.2 11

0.32 15 1 7 7.9 8.7 9.5 10.4 15

MZ20

0.16 11 1 4.9 5.4 6 6.5 7 11

0.2 13 1 6.2 6.9 7.6 8.3 9 15

0.25 16 1 7.8 8.7 9.5 10.4 11.2 18.5

0.32 21 1 9.8 10.9 12 13 14.1 22

MZ25

0.16 16 1 8.2 9 9.8 10.6 11.4 11

0.2 21 1 10.3 11.3 12.2 13.2 14.2 15

0.25 25 1 12.9 14.1 15.3 16.5 17.7 18.5

0.32 32 1 16.2 17.7 19.2 20.8 22.3 22

- 112 -

MZ32

0.16 26 1 11 12.2 13.4 14.6 15.8 15

0.2 32 1 13.8 15.3 16.7 18.2 19.8 18.5

0.25 40 1 17.3 19.1 20.9 22.7 22

0.32 52 1 22.1 24.4 26.8 29.1 31.6 30

0.4 64 1 28.4 31.5 34.6 37.7 37

0.5 81 1 35.5 39.4 43.3 47.1 45

MZ40

0.16 40 1 18.5 18.5

0.2 51 1 19 21 22

0.25 63 1 28.9 30

0.32 81 1 37 37

0.4 101 1 45 45

0.5 126 1 51.7 55

MZ50

0.2 70 1 33.6 36.6 37

0.25 88 1 42 45

0.32 113 1 53.8 55

0.4 141 1 68.8 75

0.5 176 1 86 90

FU Chain Conveyor Technical Performance

Type

Trough

width

(mm)

Transportation Capacity (m3/h)

Chain linear speed (m/min)

11 13.5 14 17 21 22 27 28

FU150 150 6-10 10-16 13-20

FU200 200 12-18 18-28 25-38

FU270 270 22-33 26-40 33-50 45-68 54-82 86-130

FU350 350 43-64 54-80 66-98 120-180

FU410 410 60-90 73-110 90-135

FU500 500 80-120 105-160 140-200 180-240

FU600 600 120-160 150-220 200-290 240-360

Screw Conveyor

Brief Introduction

Screw conveyor is a continuous conveying equipment which used to transport powder, granular and dry bulk materials. It consists

of bearing seat, screw blade, screw shaft, hang bearing, conveyor casing and driven device,etc.

- 113 -


LS Screw Conveyor

Type LS160 LS200 LS250 LS315 LS400 LS500 LS630 LS800 LS1000 LS1250

Diameter/mm 160 200 250 315 400 500 630 800 1000 1250

Screw pitch/mm 160 200 250 315 355 400 450 500 560 630

Technical

parameters

n 112 100 90 80 71 63 50 40 32 25

Q 8 14 24 34 64 100 145 208 300 388

n 90 80 71 63 56 50 40 32 25 20

Q 7 12 20 26 52 80 116 165 230 320

n 71 63 56 50 45 40 32 25 20 16

Q 6 10 16 21 41 64 94 130 180 260

n 50 50 45 40 36 32 25 20 16 13

Q 4 7 13 16 34 52 80 110 150 200

n---Rotation Speed (r/min), Allowable Deviation < 10% Q---Capacity (m3/h), Filling Factor = 0.33

LSY Cement Screw Conveyor

Model LSY100 LSY120 LSY140 LSY160 LSY200 LSY250 LSY300

Screw Dia. mm 90 115 135 163 185 237 285

Screw Rotation Speed

r/min

300

300

300

308

260

200

170

Housing Dia. mm 108 133 159 194 219 273 325

Max. Capacity t/h 7 10 15 25 40 60 90

Max. Length m 8 10 12 15 18 25 25

Inclination Angle 0°~ 60° 0°~ 60° 0°~ 60° 0°~ 60° 0°~ 60° 0°~ 60° 0°~ 60°

Power L≤7m 1.1kw 2.2kw 3kw 5.5kw 7.5kw 11kw 18.5kw

Power L＞7m 2.2kw 3kw 4kw 7.5kw 11kw 15kw 22kw

GX Screw Conveyor

Type

Length/m

Throughput

（t/h）

Rotating

speed/（r/min

Reducer Motor Weight/kg

） Type Speed ratio Type Power/kW

GX200 10 9 60 YZQ250 23.34 Y90S-4 1.1 726

GX200 20 9 60 YZQ250 23.34 Y90L-4 1.5 1258

- 114 -

- 115 -

GX250 10 15.6 60 YZQ250 23.34 Y100L1-4 2.2 960

GX250 20 15.6 60 YZQ250 23.34 Y100L1-4 3 1750

GX300 10 21.2 60 YZQ350 23.34 Y100L2-4 3 1373

GX300 20 21.2 60 YZQ350 23.34 Y112M-4 4 2346

GX400 10 51 60 YZQ400 23.34 Y132S-4 5.5 1911

GX400 20 51 60 YZQ500 23.34 Y160M-4 11 2049

GX500 10 87.5 60 YZQ400 23.34 Y132M 7.5 2381

GX500 20 87.5 60 YZQ650 23.34 Y180M-4 18.5 5389

GX600 10 134.2 45 YZQ750 23.34 Y180L-4 22 3880

GX600 10 134.2 45 YZQ850 23.34 Y250M-4 55 7090

Side Cantilever Stacker

Brief Introduction

As a kind of large-scale blending process equipment used for stacking limestone, iron ore, raw coal and other bulk materials, the

cantilever stacker can arrange the different materials in the delamination or sub-line way according to the related requirements, as

a result, they can have uniform physical performance and property, besides, the normal stacking function and homogenizing

function are also available. Therefore, it is mainly used for the raw materials homogenizing treatment in the iron and steel

enterprises, chemical engineering, cement and other industries.

With the stacking quantity range and stacking arm range of 50-4000t/h and 11m-50m respectively, our company's side cantilever

stacker can make the cross-stockpile operation, stack multiple materials, satisfy the different stacking processes, realize the

unmanned operation and integration between machinery, electricity and liquid, therefore, it can be said that the above-mentioned

stacker has favorable homogenization effect, small occupation area and high automation degree.


Equipment Model

Unit

DB DB SDB DBH DBH DBH DBH DBH DBH

250. 145

800. 225

500. 15

700.

37

600.

19.5

1500.

27.8

2200.3

3000.35

4000.4

Name

Side cantilever stacker

Twin blades

Side cantilever rotary

stacker

- 116 -

Production Capacity t/h 250 800 500 700 600 1500 2200 3000 4000

Material

characteristics

Applicable materials

Coal, coke, limestone, bauxite, iron ore, pellet ore, clay and other bulk materials

Density t/m³ 0.5~2.5

Particle size

mm

0~300

Arm length m 14.5 22.5 15 37 19.5 27.5 30 35 40

Pitching angle ° ﹣17~﹢17

Conveyor

Bandwidth mm 650~2200

Belt speed m/s 1~4

Traveling

speed

Forward

direction

m/min

9~15

Inversion

direction

m/min

11~20

Rail gauge m 4 4.5 4 6 5 6 7 8 8

Maximum wheel load KN 250

Recommended steel track P38/P43/P50

Power supply mode Cable drum/safety sliding contact line

Contact mode Cable drum/safety sliding contact line/wireless

Control mode PLC program control, manual and single action

Coke Quenching Car

Brief Introduction

The quenching car for coke oven is a supporting equipment for large coke ovens. It is responsible for cooperating with push-crank

and coke-carrying cars. It is generally operated on the track below the focal side of the coke oven to receive about 1000 degrees

Celsius derived from the coke car. Coke is transported to the quenching chamber for quenching and eventually the quenched

coking coal is transported to the designated location.

We supply 30m3 - 80m3 coke quenching car.

- 117 -

Electric Flat Car

Brief Introduction

Electric flat car is an in-plant rail electric transport vehicle, with KP, KPD, KPDS, KPX models.

The vehicle has the characteristics of simple structure, convenient use, large carrying capacity, no fear of being dirty, not easy to

maintain, easy to maintain, long service life, etc., because of its advantages of convenience, sturdiness, economy, practicality, easy

cleaning. etc.


KP Electric Flat Car

Model No.

Load

Rail Gauge

Table Size

Dimension

Speed

Motor Model

(t) (mm) （L×W）(mm) （L×W×H）(mm) （m/min） Power（kw）

KP-5-1；A、B、C 5 1435 3600×2000 3676×2000×638 17、20、30 YZ132M1-6；2.2

KP-10-1；A、B、C 10 1435 4000×2000 4076×2000×640 17、20、30 YZ132M1-6；2.2

KP-20-1；A、B、C 20 1435 4000×2000 4087×2000×744 17、20、30 YZ132M2-6；3.7

KP-30-1；A、B、C 30 1435 5000×2200 5089×2200×796 15、20、30 YZ132M2-6；3.7

KP-50-1；A、B、C 50 1435 5500×2500 5600×2500×1030 15、20、30 YZ160M1-6；7.5

KP-75-1；A、B、C 75 1435 6000×2500 6080×2500×1150 15、20、30 YZ160M1-6；7.5

KP-100-1；A、B、C 100 1435 7500×2500 7580×2500×1150 15、20、30 YZ160L-6；11

KP-150-1； C 150 1435 8000×2500 8800×2500×1310 15、20、30 YZ160M1-6；7.5×2

KP-200-1； C 200 1435 8200×2500 9000×2500×1310 20.4 YZ160L-6；11×2

KP-300-1； C 300 1435 12800×2800 13900×2800×1750 25.4 YZ225M-8；22×2

KP-400-1； C 400 1435 13000×4000 13000×4000×1400 10、20 YZ225M-8；11×4

Note: The power supply mode is three types: streamer type A, slide type B, and coil type C.

KPD Electric Flat Car

Model No.

Load Rail Gauge Table Size Dimension Speed Motor Model

(t) (mm) （L×W）(mm) （L×W×H）(mm) （m/min） Power（kw）

KPD-6-1 6 1435 3600×2000 3696×2020×520 30 JDYP-11-6；2.2

KPD-10-1 10 1435 3600×2000 3706×2030×520 30 JDYP-12-6；2..2

KPD-16-1 16 1435 4000×2200 4107×2230×600 30 JDYP-12-6；3.5

KPD-25-1 25 1435 4500×2200 4607×2230×600 30 JDYP-12-6；3.5

KPD-40-1 40 1435 5000×2500 5128×2530×700 25 JDYP-21-6；5

KPD-63-1 63 1435 5600×2500 5730×2530×850 25 JDYP-22-6；7.5

KPD-100-1 100 1435 6000×3000 6000×3000×900 20 JDYP-22-6；11

KPD-150-1 150 1435 8000×2800 8200×2840×1100 15 JDYP-21-6；5.5×2

KPD-200-1 200 1435 8200×2800 8400×2840×1200 15 JDYP-22-6；7.5×2

KPDS Electric Flat Car

Model No.

Load

(t)

Rail Gauge

(mm)

Table Size

（L×W）(mm)

Dimension

（L×W×H）(mm)

Speed

（m/min）

Motor Model

Power（kw）

KPDS-6-1 6 1435 3600×2000 3696×2020×520 30 YZ132M1-6；2.2

KPDS-10-1 10 1435 3600×2000 3706×2030×520 30 YZ132M1-6；2.2

KPDS-16-1 16 1435 4000×2200 4107×2230×600 30 YZ132M2-6；3.7

KPDS-25-1 25 1435 4500×2200 4607×2230×600 30 YZ132M2-6；3.7

KPDS-40-1 40 1435 5000×2500 5128×2530×700 25 YZ160M1-6；5.5

KPDS-63-1 63 1435 5600×2500 5730×2530×850 25 YZ160M2-6；7.5

KPDS-100-1 100 1435 6000×3000 6000×3000×900 20 YZ160M2-6；7.5

KPDS-150-1 150 1435 8000×2800 8200×2840×1100 15 YZ160M1-6；5.5×2

KPD-200-1 200 1435 8200×2800 8400×2840×1200 15 YZ160M2-6；7.5×2

KPX Electric Flat Car

Model No.

Load

(t)

Rail

Gauge

(mm)

Table Size

(L×W) (mm)

Dimension

(L×W×H) (mm)

Speed

(m/min)

Motor Model

Power(kw)

Voltage

(V)

Battery

Model

KPX-5-1 5 1435 3600×2000 3720×2030×620 25 XQ-2.2-4；2.2 48 D250

KPX-10-1 10 1435 3600×2000 3720×2030×650 25 XQ-2.2-4；2.2 48 D250

KPX-20-1 20 1435 4000×2200 4150×2230×700 25 XQ-3-3；3 48 D250

KPX-30-1 30 1435 4500×2200 4650×2230×720 25 XQ-4.5-1；4.5 48 D330

KPX-40-1 40 1435 5000×2500 5150×2530×750 20 XQ-4.5-1；4.5 48 D400

KPX-50-1 50 1435 5600×2500 5750×2530×820 20 XQ-6.3-2；6.3 48 D400

KPX-60-1 60 1435 6000×2500 6200×2530×850 20 XQ-6.3-2；6.3 48 D440

KPX-75-1 75 1435 6300×2800 6500×2830×850 20 XQ-8；8 48 D440

KPX-100-1 100 1435 6500×2800 6700×2830×900 15 XQ-10；10 78 D480

KPX-120-1 120 1435 7000×2800 7200×2830×950 15 XQ-12；12 78 D480

KPX-150-1

150

1435

7500×2800

7700×2840×1000

12 XQ-12；12

78

D500

- 118 -

- 119 -

Iron Ladle Car

Brief Introduction

The ZT type iron ladle car is a special transport vehicle that transports blast furnace molten iron to steel mills, cast iron and

foundries for steel making and cast iron blocks.

Features

1. The main beam of the car body adopts a curved structure, box-type welding, the frame has a low center of gravity, high strength

and stable operation.

2. It is driven by the railway standard track, the running power is locomotive traction, and the motor drive type can also be

designed according to needs.


Model No.

Tank

capacity

(t)

Rail

Gauge

(mm)

Two bogie

center

distance

(mm)

Two coupler

hooks side

distance

(mm)

Height between

center hook and

rail surface

(mm)

Minimum radius

of curvature

(m)

Dimension

(L×W×H)

(mm)

ZT-35-1 35 1435 3700 6722 880 50 6722×3120×2720

ZT-65-1 65 1435 4160 8310 880 60 8310×3580×3679

ZT-65-2 65 1435 4100 7142 880 60 7142×3580×3420

ZT-100-1 100 1435 4200 8310 880 75 8310×3600×4210

ZT-140-1 140 1435 5380 9660 880 100 9660×3700×4550

ZT-140-2 140 1435 5000 9000 880 75 9000×3610×4500

ZT-170-1 170 1435 7300 14800 880 100 14800×3700×4900

- 120 -

Ladle Car

Brief Introduction

Electric ladle cars are special vehicles for converters, electric furnaces, or cross-spans.

Features

1. Compact structure, heavy load, safe and reliable performance, convenient maintenance and repair.

2. The driving mode is divided into single drive and double drive; the transmission mode includes universal joint and drum gear

coupling; the reducer is installed in different vertical and horizontal installation modes.


Model No.

Tank capacity

(t)

Total load

(t)

Speed

(m/min)

Rail Gauge

(mm)

Elevation

(mm)

Table height

(mm)

Dimension

(L×W×H) (mm)

HCGB-50 30 50 30 2540 3170 1060 7500×3336×1860

HCGB-60 90 60 30 3700 4260 1090 7132×4350×2160

HCGB-65 40 65 30 2470 3056 1060 7500×3266×1860

HCGB-75 45 75 30 3200 3480 1090 6540×3830×1882

HCGB-80 50 80 30 2670 3750 1100 7800×3410×2138

HCGB-90 45 90 30 2470 3680 1150 6495×3336×1830

HCGB-100 55 100 32 4200 4055 1325 5300×5000×1960

HCGB-120 70 120 30 3400 4100 1420 8400×4100×2635

HCGB-135 70 125 30 3400 4100 1400 7920×4300×1900

HCGB-140 90 140 30 3600 4490 1500 8560×4300×2380

HCGB-160 90 160 30 3800 4300 1585 9364×4520×2190

HCGB-180 100 180 30 3600 4600 1550 9830×4400×2500

HCGB-220 130 220 30 4400 5000 1870 8490×5250×2900

HCGB-250 150 250 15, 30 4800 5200 1970 9688×5640×2850

HCGB-255 180 255 4-10 4800 6300 2115 10648×5640×3285

HCGB-255 180 255 4-10 3900 6300 1800 6918×4640×2900

HCGB-320 180 320 30 4600 5410 1900 10600×5450×2300

- 121 -

Slag Pot Carrier

Brief Introduction

Slag pot carrier is specially designed for the transportation of slag pots with liquid slag. The slag pot will be picked up with the

integrated dumping arms, lowered and dumped. The carrier moves under the furnace or the converters, lifts the pots without

additional lifting equipment. The slag pot will be positioned on the floor of the smelting plant or at any other picking up station,

also could be positioned on a transporter.

It is mainly used for the treatment of dregs, molten steel or other solid objects with a high temperature of about 1300 °C. Its load

capacity, length and width can be determined according to the size, volume and on-site operating environment of the user's slag

tank. The tanker's capacity can range from 25 tons to 120 tons.

Features

1. No need for other hoisting equipment, use the vehicle's own tilting arm to carry the cans and turn over the can

2. Hold the can from the ground or on the small table to the tanker

3. Can be used as a 180 degree tilting slag pot

4. Reduce the number of workers and reduce the number of tools and equipment

5. High performance, high reliability and high operational safety

6. Fast and efficient operation


Model No.

Load

(t)

Net weight

(t)

Tilting angle

Steering angle

Max speed of full load

km/h

BGC-35 35/40 35 180° ±90° 15

BGC-40 40/50 40 180° ±90° 15

BGC-45 45/55 45 180° ±90° 15

BGC-50 50/60 50 180° ±90° 15

BGC-60 60/65 60 180° ±90° 15

BGC-90 90/100 90 180° ±90° 15

BGC-100 100/110 100 180° ±90° 15

Note:

Slag pot carrier is custom designed to handle a specific slag pot as well as accommodate the production requirements and

dimensional limitations of each individual job site

- 122 -

DEDUSTING

>LCM Long-Bag Pulse Precipitator

>LCMG-II High Temperature Long-Bag Pulse Precipitator

>LPM Air-shaking Bag Precipitator

>LPMM Bag Pulse Precipitator -Coal Mill

>HMC Small Bag Pulse Precipitator

>ZMC Middle Bag Pulse Precipitator

>Wet Electrostatic Precipitator

>ZMC Middle Bag Pulse Precipitator

>Low-Low Temperature Electrostatic Precipitator

>Electrostatic-Fabric Integrated Precipitator

- 123 -

LCM Long-Bag Pulse Precipitator

Brief Introduction

LCM Long-Bag Pulse Precipitator is designed with the long filtering bag and automatically controlled compartment pulse dust

removal in off-line three states, then efficient dust removal can be realized with different filter materials. This product can be

extensively applied to purification of gas containing dust and material recovery in the industries such as metallurgy, machinery,

chemical, electricity and light industry.

Features

1. The dust collector adopts the compartmental air-stop pulse to spray cleaning, overcomes the shortcomings of the conventional

pulse dust collector and the compartment back-blowing dust collector, has strong cleaning ability, high dust removal efficiency,

low emission concentration, small air leakage rate and low energy consumption. Low consumption, small floor space, stable and

reliable operation, and good economic benefits. It is suitable for the purification of dust-containing gas and the recovery of

materials in metallurgy, building materials, cement, machinery, chemical, electric power, light industry and waste incineration

industries.

2. The LCM type long bag pulse dust collector is divided into three different series according to different diameters of filter bags,

different arrangement of filter bags per chamber, and different filter areas. The division chambers are divided into single rows and

double rows.

3. Due to the use of compartmental air-stop pulse to spray cleaning, the purpose of thorough cleaning can be achieved by spraying

once, so the cleaning cycle is prolonged, the energy consumption of cleaning is reduced, and the consumption of compressed gas

can be greatly reduced. At the same time, the fatigue of the filter bag and the pulse valve is correspondingly reduced, thereby

multiplying the life of the filter bag and the valve piece.

4. Inspection and replacement of the bag can be carried out in the system without stopping the system fan and the normal operating

conditions of the system. The bag mouth of the filter bag adopts elastic expansion ring, which has good sealing performance and is

firm and reliable. The filter bag keel adopts a polygonal shape, which reduces the friction between the bag and the keel, prolongs

the life of the bag, and facilitates unloading the bag.

5. The upper bagging method is adopted, and after the skeleton is taken out when the bag is changed, the dirty bag is put into the

lower ash hopper of the box, and is taken out from the manhole, thereby

6. The cabinet adopts airtight design, good sealing performance, excellent sealing material for inspection door, kerosene leak

detection during production, and low air leakage rate.

- 124 -


Model No.

Rows

Chamber

Filter

area

(m3)

Handling air

volume

(x10^4m3/h)

Filter

bag

q'ty

(pc)

Dust removal

resistance

(Pa)

Emission

concentration

mg/Nm3

Air

leakage

rate

Compressed

air source

pressure

(Mpa)

Weight

(t)

LCM340-4 1 4 1360 8.16～16.32 560 1500~1800Pa

≤50

<3%

0.5~0.6MPa

43.5

LCM340-5 1 5 1700 10.20～20.40 700 54.4

LCM340-6 1 6 2040 12.24~24.48 840 65.3

LCM340-7 1 7 2380 14.28~28.56 980 78.54

LCM340-8 1 8 2720 16.32~32.64 1120 89.7

LCM340-9 1 9 3060 18.36~36.72 1260 101

LCM340-10 1 10 3400 20.40~40.80 1400 112

LCM340-2×4 2 8 2720 16.32~32.64 1120 87

LCM340-2×5 2 10 3400 20.40~40.80 1400 108

LCM340-2×6 2 12 4080 24.48~48.96 1680 131

LCM340-2×7 2 14 4760 28.56～57.12 1960 152.3

LCM340-2×8 2 16 5440 32.64～65.28 2240 179.5

LCM340-2×9 2 18 6120 36.72～73.44 2520 196

LCM340-2×10 2 20 6800 40.80～8160 2800 271.6

Note:

1. The air volume in the table is calculated according to the filtering wind speed of 1.0~2.0m/min. If the user has requirements, it

can be reduced or improved according to the specific situation.

2. The filter area is calculated according to the length of the filter bag of 6m. If required by the user, the filter bag can be lowered

or appropriately increased to reduce or appropriately increase the filter area.

LCMG-II High Temperature Pulse Long-Bag Precipitator

Brief Introduction

LCMG-II High Temperature Pulse Long-Bag Precipitator adopts the intermediate air inlet-outlet and sub-chamber modular

structure design. Each unit module is composed of a clean air chamber, a filter chamber and a ash hopper. The clean air chamber is

equipped with a pulse blowing system, and a filter element composed of a filter bag frame and a high temperature resistant filter

bag is arranged in the filter chamber. The number of filter bags arranged by the unit module is divided into 9 types from 160 to 216.

When the length of the filter bag is 6 m, each unit provides a filter area of 480 m2 to 650 m2.

In the application, it is recommended to use a double-row multi-unit arrangement structure, so that the total filtration area of the

precipitator meets the needs of processing flue gas. According to the site conditions, it is also possible to adopt a single-row,

four-row structure layout design.

The product has been widely used in various cement production line kiln heads, kiln tail high temperature, high dust concentration

flue gas purification system, forming a model series suitable for 1,000~10,000t/d cement production line. It is also widely used in

high temperature flue gas treatment systems such as iron and steel smelting and power station boilers.

- 125 -

Features

1. Low-pressure pulse jetting technology is adopted, which has high cleaning efficiency and low energy consumption.

The injection pressure is only 0.2~0.4MPa, the resistance is low, the opening and closing is fast, and the cleaning ability is strong.

Due to the good cleaning effect, the cleaning cycle is long, which reduces the consumption of backflush gas.

2. The pulse valve has a long service life and good reliability.

Due to the low injection pressure (0.2~0.4MPa), the pressure of the pulse valve diaphragm and the impact force during opening

and closing are low. At the same time, due to the long cleaning cycle, the number of pulse valve opening is correspondingly

reduced, and the fatigue wear of the diaphragm is correspondingly reduced, thereby prolonging the service life of the pulse valve

and improving the reliability of the use of the pulse valve.

3. The equipment running resistance is small, the blowing effect is good.

The dust removal device adopts the chamber pulse backflushing offline cleaning method to avoid the phenomenon that the dust is

repeatedly adsorbed, which improves the effect of pulse jet cleaning and reduces the resistance of the bag.

4. The filter bag is easy to assemble and disassemble, and it is fixed and reliable.

The upper pumping method is adopted. When the bag is changed, the filter bag skeleton is taken out from the clean air chamber of

the dust removing device, and the dirty bag is put into the ash hopper, and the hopper is taken out into the hole to improve the bag

changing environment. The elastic ring of the filter bag is fixed on the flower plate hole by the elastic ring of the bag mouth, and

the fixing is firm and the sealing property is good.

5. The air duct is arranged by a collecting tube and has a compact structure.

6. The advanced PLC programmable controller is used to control the whole process of the dust removal device. The pressure

difference or timing control mode is adopted, which has high reliability and long service life, and is convenient for the user to

operate and use.


Model No.

Chamber

Pulse valves qty

(pc)

Filter bag qty

(pc)

Filter area

(m3)

Handling air volume

(x10^4m3/h)

Weight

(t)

LCMG-II-480-2x4 8 80 1280 3840 19.6～25.3 108

LCMG-II-480-2x5 10 100 1600 4800 24.5～31.7 134

LCMG-II-480-2x6 12 120 1920 5760 29.4~38.0 161

LCMG-II-480-2x7 14 140 2240 6720 34.3~44.4 188

LCMG-II-480-2x8 16 160 2560 7680 39.2~50.7 215

- 126 -

LCMG-II-480-2x9 18 180 2880 8640 44.0~57.0 242

LCMG-II-480-2x10 20 200 3200 9600 49.0~63.4 269

LCMG-II-480-2x11 22 220 3520 10560 53.9~69.7 296

LCMG-II-480-2x12 24 240 3840 11520 58.8~76.0 323

LPM Air-shaking Bag Precipitator

Brief Introduction

LPM Air-shaking Bag Precipitator is designed by SINOMA-TCDRI. The air box pulse high efficiency bag type dust collector is

exclusively manufactured by our company. The product is compact in structure and small in floor space. It adopts the large-scale

pulse valve sub-chamber overall cleaning technology, which has the characteristics of strong cleaning ability and long service life,

and is especially suitable for the treatment of high-concentration dust.

It is widely used in the treatment of dusty waste gas in building materials, cement, metallurgy, machinery, chemical and refractory

industries. After years of application, the product has been continuously improved and improved, and has achieved good

application results and application experience.

The Air-shaking Bag Precipitator has four series of 35 specifications. The filtration area is 93-4361m2, and the treatment air

volume ranges from 6900 to 314000m3/h.

Structures

LPM Air-shaking Bag Precipitator adopts a compartment assembly structure, and is composed of a dust collector body, an inlet

and outlet wind box body, a pulse jet cleaning device, a ash bucket, an ash discharging mechanism, and a compressed air pipeline

system.

The dust collector body includes components such as a clean room, a filter chamber, a compartment partition, and an access door.

The cleaning room is provided with a flower board, a poppet valve, a blowing pipe, and a filter bag and a filter bag frame are

installed in the filtering chamber.

The inlet and outlet bellows include an inlet and outlet duct and a middle partition. The models arranged in a single row, the wind

inlet and outlet body are on one side; the models arranged in the double row, the inlet and outlet wind box bodies are arranged in

the middle of the two rows; the A series air inlets are arranged in the ash hopper and the air outlets are arranged in the clean room.

The pulse jet cleaning device includes a pulse valve, a gas bag, a poppet valve cylinder, a solenoid valve, and the like.

The ash bucket and the ash discharge mechanism include a ash bucket, a screw conveyor or an air conveying trough, and a double

refurbishment ash discharge valve.


Model No.

LPM6

D-930

LPM9

D-140

0

LPM10

D-1550

LPM2×

6D-1860

LPM2×

7D-2180

LPM2×

8D-2490

LPM2×

9D-2800

LPM2×1

0D-3110

LPM2×1

1D-3420

LPM2×1

2D-3730

LPM2×1

3D-4050

LPM2×1

4D-4360

Handling air

volume(m³/h)

67300

100900

112100

134600

157000

179400

201900

224300

247600

269100

291600

314000

Filter wind

speed(m/min)

1.2-2.0

Total filter

area(m²)

935

1402

1558

1869

2181

2492

2804

3115

3427

3738

4050

4361

Net filter area (m²) 779 1246 1402 1713 2025 2336 2648 2959 3271 3582 3894 4205

Chamber qty(pc) 6 9 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28

Filter bag qty(pc) 768 1152 1280 1536 1792 2084 2304 2560 2816 3072 3328 3584

Dust removal

resistance(Pa)

1470-1770

Inlet gas dust

concentration(g/m

³)

<1300

Outlet gas dust

concentration(g/m

³)

<0.1

Precipitator

negative

pressure(Pa)

<6860

Compr

essed

air

pressure (5-7)×10&sup5

Air

consumpti

on(m³/min

)

3.6

5.4

6

7

8.3

9.5

10.7

12

13.1

14.3

15.5

16.7

Rigid leaf wheel

feeder

Feed open300×300mm,

power1.1kw, capacity24m³

Electric double plate valve: 3.5×915mm, speed17r/min, reducer

XWD4-7-1/87, power4kw,

Screw

convey

or

size(mm) Φ300mm, capacity21m³/h No

reducer

XWD2.2-5-1/43, power2.2kw

No

Air conveying

chute

chute: 250mm, needed air volume2.0m³/m² Breathable layer wind pressure6860Pa, Fan and piping are

determined by the customer

Insulation

area(m²)

125

196

205

323

247

262

277

292

307

322

337

352

Total

weight(without

insulation)(kg)

24120

31680

34680

43920

52680

60000

66480

72000

78480

86400

93600

100800

- 127 -

- 128 -

LPMM Pulse Bag Precipitator -Coal Mill

Brief Introduction

LPMM Pulse Bag Precipitator -Coal Mill is a high concentration and high efficiency coal grinding bag type dust collector

developed by our company on the basis of LPM ordinary gas shock type dust collector and combined with the characteristics of

coal grinding dust removal process. It combines the advantages of split chamber backflushing and pulse jet cleaning dust collector.

It adopts a number of anti-combustion and explosion-proof structures and measures, and is especially suitable for dust collection of

various pulverized coal preparation systems.

The LPMM type air shock bag type dust collector is designed into 20 specifications according to the size of the treatment air

volume. The filtration area is from 62 to 2,492 m2, and the treatment air volume is from 3,720 to 1,196,600 m3/h. The product can

be used in the blast furnace coal injection system of the steel plant and the coal grinding system of the cement plant.

Features

1. High-pressure pulse cleaning with compressed air, high dust-removing intensity, suitable for treating gases with high dust

concentration.

2. Anti-combustion and explosion-proof measures: Anti-static polyester needle felt is adopted, the body is explosion-proof

structure, the hopper angle of the ash bucket is more than 70 degrees, ensuring that the ash bucket has no dust, and the self-locking

pressure-proof explosion-proof door is installed on the box body.

3. Automatic control: use PLC microcomputer to control cleaning and unloading. Temperature and pressure automatically detect

alarms.

4. Fire extinguishing device: It is cleaned with nitrogen and equipped with CO detection alarm and CO2 fire extinguishing device.


Technical Specifications 128-2×9(M) 128-2×10(M) 128-2×11(M) 128-2×12(M) 128-2×13(M) 128-2×14(M)

Technical

performance

Handling oil and gas

value(m3/h)

152133 170031 187929 205827 223725 241623

Note: The above reference value is calculated based on the net filtration wind

speed of 0.95m/min. If there is any change, the above-mentioned oil smoke

quantity will also change accordingly.

Total filter area(m²) 2826 3140 3454 3768 4082 4396

Net filter area (m²) 2669 2983 3297 3611 3925 4239

Chamber qty(pc) 18 20 22 24 26 28

- 129 -

Filter bag qty(pc) 2304 2560 2816 3072 3328 2548

Dust removal resistance(Pa) 1450～1770

Inlet gas dust

concentration(g/m³)

< 1300

Outlet gas dust

concentration(g/m³)

< 50

Precipitator negative

pressure(Pa)

7000

Filter bag specification Ф130×3058 Anti-static polyester needle felt, operation temperature < 110 ℃

Compressed air

pressure （5～7）×105

Air

consumption(m³/min)

10.7

12

13.1

14.3

15.6

16.7

Explosion-proof pulse

valve

(with solenoid valve)

qty(pc) 36 40 44 48 52 56

size（inch)

2+1/2

Poppet valve (with

cylinder)

qty(pc) 18 20 22 24 26 28

size(mn) Ф726

Dust

removal

device

Screw

conveyor

Specification Ф400

reducer

XWD5.5—7—1/59

Air lock device Rigid leaf wheel feeder Ф300

Explosion-proof cleaning controller Input voltage(V)220, Output voltage (V)220

Insulation area(m²) 115 130 145 160 175 190

Total weight(without insulation)(kg) 10950 12720 15780 17720 19740 22240

HMC Pulse Small Bag Precipitator

Brief Introduction

HMC Pulse Small Bag Precipitator adopts cylindrical filter bag, self-contained system fan and pulse jet cleaning method. It has the

advantages of high purification efficiency, good cleaning effect, low resistance, long life of filter bag, simple maintenance and safe

and reliable operation.

It is widely used in dust removal and purification and material recovery of various process systems in metallurgy, building

materials, machinery, chemical industry, mining and other industries.

- 130 -

Structures

The structure is mainly composed of filter chamber, filter bag, and clean room. Ash hopper, ash discharge valve, pulse blowing

device, electric control box, etc.

The box body is all welded structure, and the maintenance door is sealed with foam rubber strip to ensure that the dust collector is

tight and does not leak air.


Techinical Specifications HMC-32 HMC-48 HMC-64 HMC-80 HMC-96 HMC-112

Handling oil and gas value(m3/h) 1500-2100 2100-3200 2900-4300 4000-6000 5200-7000 6000-9000

Total filter area(m²) 24 36 48 60 72 84

Filter wind speed(m/min) 1.00-1.50 1.00-1.50 1.00-1.50 1.10-1.70 1.20-1.70 1.20-1.80

Filter bag qty(pc) 32 48 64 80 96 112

Inlet gas temperature(°C) ≤120°C

Dust removal resistance(Pa) ≤1200

Inlet dust concentration(g/m³) ＜200

Outlet dust concentration(mg/m³) ≤50

Compressed air

pressure 0.5-0.7 (MPa)

Air

consumption(m³/min)

0.1

0.14

0.2

0.24

0.29

0.34

Negative pressure(Pa) 5000

Pulse valve qty(pc) 4 6 8 10 12 14

Fan motor power(kw) 1.5 3 3 5.5 5.5 7.5

Weight (kg)

A(with hopper) 1350 1620 1850 2360 2800 3200

B(without hopper) 1220 1470 1670 2150 2540 2880

ZMC Pulse Middle Bag Precipitator

Brief Introduction

ZMC Pulse Middlel Bag Precipitator adopts cylindrical filter bag, self-contained system fan and pulse jet cleaning method. It has

the advantages of high purification efficiency, good cleaning effect, low resistance, long life of filter bag, simple maintenance and

safe and reliable operation.

It is widely used in dust removal and purification and material recovery of various process systems in metallurgy, building

materials, machinery, chemical industry, mining and other industries.

- 131 -

Structures

1. The right-angle pulse valve is sprayed and cleaned in a single row, which has strong cleaning ability;

2. The design of the rising ring filter bag mouth has good sealing effect and convenient assembly and disassembly;

3. High-quality steel wire, multi-point welding automatic production line, galvanizing protection treatment process, the production

filter bag frame has high strength and rigidity, no welding burr, which reduces the mechanical wear of the filter bag and prolongs

the service life;

4. The cover is installed and repaired, and the filter bag is replaced quickly and conveniently;

5. Wedge-shaped air inlet, compact structure, uniform airflow distribution and low resistance;

6. PLC microcomputer program control instrument controls pulse cleaning, reliable operation and high degree of automation.


Model No.

Pulse valves qty

(pc)

Pulse valves

size

Filter bag qty

(pc)

Filter area

(m3)

Handling air volume

(m3/h)

Weight

(t)

ZMC-32 4 1" 32 32 2500 1.40

ZMC-40 5 1" 40 40 3000 1.60

ZMC-48 6 1" 48 48 3600 1.70

ZMC-56 7 1" 56 56 4200 1.95

ZMC-64 8 1" 64 64 4600 2.15

ZMC-72 9 1" 72 72 5000 2.40

ZMC-80 10 1" 80 80 5250 2.65

ZMC-88 11 1" 88 88 5650 2.90

ZMC-96 12 1" 96 96 6500 3.15

ZMC-104 13 1" 104 104 7000 3.35

ZMC-121 11 1.5" 121 121 8000 3.75

ZMC-132 12 1.5" 132 132 8750 4.00

ZMC-143 13 1.5" 143 143 10000 4.30

ZMC-154 14 1.5" 154 154 11000 4.55

ZMC-165 15 1.5" 165 165 12000 4.85

ZMC-176 16 1.5" 176 176 12700 5.15

ZMC-282 24 1.5" 192 282 20000 9.30

ZMC-329 28 1.5" 224 329 23500 10.10

ZMC-468 32 1.5" 320 468 34000 15.00

ZMC-529 36 1.5" 360 529 40000 15.8

Wet Electrostatic Precipitator

Brief Introduction

Wet Electrostatic Precipitator is used to handle a new dust removal equipment containing a trace of dust and micro-particles,

mainly used to remove moisture gas dust, misture, water droplets, aerosols, odor, PM2.5 and other harmful substances. It is the

- 132 -

ideal equipment to control air dust pollution.

Wet electrostatic precipitator usually abbreviated WESP, and dust dry electrostatic precipitator basic principle is the same, to

undergo charged, collected and cleaning in three stages.

WESP has a high collection efficiency, pressure loss, simple operation, low energy consumption, no moving parts, no secondary

dust, low maintenance costs, short production downtime, can work in the flue gas dew point temperature, due to the compact and

can be used with other flue gas treatment equipment combined with each other, diverse design forms and so on.

WESP dust exreme erosion by liquid surface for cleaning, can effectively collect fine particulate matter(PM2.5 dust, SO3 mist,

aerosols), heavy metals(Hg, As, Se, Pb, Cr), organic pollution matter (PAHs, dioxins) and so on. After WESP dust emmissions in

the flue gas moisture content of up to 10mg/m3 even 5mg/m3 or less, and has nothing to do with the dust collecting performance

characteristics for moisture flue gas treatment, especially for the power plants, steel miss wet flue gas desulfurization dust on after

treatment, but the higher cost of equipment investment, and the need to use other dust removal equipment, economic investment

and operating costs from the overall technical evaluation.

Features

1. Wide application. Mainly used in the deep purification of wet flue gas in the power, metallurgy, chemical and other industries,

near zero emissions.

2. New construction and transformation process is simple: integrated design with flue gas desulfurization system, new construction

and transformation process are simple, compact structure, simple process and small footprint. The secondary reform can be

installed in the desulfurization tower without changing the existing desulfurization and dedusting facilities, and can be operated

stably for a long time.

3. The amount of flue gas treatment is large. Using multiple electric fields or multiple parallels, the amount of flue gas treated can

reach 5 million m3 / h or even larger.

4. Efficient: PM2.5 particulate matter removal rate is 85-95%; export dust can achieve near zero emission standard of 5mg/Nm3;

SO3 acid mist removal rate is 80-98%, and the wet flue gas corrosion by chimney discharge is greatly reduced; Comprehensive

reduction of various pollutants such as heavy metals. It can greatly improve the cleanliness of flue gas emissions.

5, resistance ≤ 300Pa; low operating and maintenance costs.

6. The flue gas contact parts are all made of anti-corrosion materials, no moving parts, and the service life is more than 20 years.

- 133 -

Low-Low Temperature Electrostatic Precipitator

Brief Introduction

Low-Low Temperature Electrostatic Precipitator by reducing the temperature of the inlet of the electrostatic precipitator to below

the acid dew point, generally at about 90℃, the dust specific resistance in the flue gas is reduced, thereby greatly improving the

dust removal efficiency. At the same time, most of the SO3 in the flue gas will be condensed into a liquid state by the gaseous state,

and adsorbed on the surface of the dust, and the dust is removed while removing most of the SO3 in the flue gas.

Features

1. The temperature of the smoke is reduced and the volume flow of the flue gas is reduced;

2, the temperature of the flue gas can reduce the optimum efficiency interval of dust to electrical resistance to electric dust

removal;

3. The temperature of the smoke is lowered, and the electric field breakdown voltage of the dust collector is increased, which can

effectively prevent the corona from generating corona and reduce the secondary dust, which is beneficial to improving the dust

removal efficiency;

4. The low-temperature electrostatic precipitator can remove most of the SO3 and reduce the low temperature corrosion of the tail

flue gas. Since the flue gas temperature has dropped below the dew point temperature, the flue gas has a high dust concentration

and a large total surface area, which provides good conditions for the condensation of sulfuric acid mist;

5. The dust collector has small specifications and high dust removal efficiency. The four-field low-low temperature dust collector

is used, and the dust discharge concentration of the dust collector can reach 20-30 mg/Nm3 or lower.

- 134 -

Electrostatic-Fabric Integrated Precipitator

Brief Introduction

Electrostatic-Fabric Integrated Precipitator is composed of two units: electric dust removal and bag dust removal. In general, the

electric dust removal unit is arranged with an electric field. Before the electric back bag structure, the electric dust removal unit

can collect 80% to 90% of the dust in the flue gas, and the dust is ionized and charged through the electric dust removal area, so

that the gas permeability and the cleaning performance of the filter bag are greatly improved. Thereby, the resistance of the filter

bag is reduced, the cleaning cycle is increased, and the service life of the cloth bag is prolonged; at the same time, the bag dust

collector has strong adaptability to dust, high collection efficiency of fine dust (99.99%), etc., and can ensure that the bag is

smaller than Emission standard of 20mg/m3.

Features

1. It has many advantages such as good pre-dusting effect, low running resistance, stable operation and high dust removal

efficiency;

2. The front end electric field can collect about 80% of the dust, which greatly reduces the filtration load of the dust collector at the

back end bag, and the service life of the filter bag and the pulse valve is prolonged;

3.The dust removal effect is stable for a long time <20mg/Nm3, and the minimum can meet the dust emission requirements of

≤5mg/Nm3;

4.Online maintenance, offline cleaning;

5. The collection rate of PM2.5 fine dust is greatly improved;

6. The running resistance of the dust collector is lower than the running resistance of the conventional bag filter.

- 135 -

PUMP

> Water Pump

>Petrochemical Pump

>Impurity Pump

>Multistage Pump

>Submersible Pump

>Centrifugal Pump

>Vacuum Pump

>Screw Pump

>Magnetic Pump

>Metering Pump

>Diaphragm Pump

- 136 -

Water Pump

IS、ISZ Single-stage Single Suction Water Pump

Brief Introduction

IS、ISZ type pump is single stage single suction(axial suction)centrifugal pump.It can transport clear water or the liquids with

physical or chemical properties similar to clear water,and the temperature can be no more than 80℃.This kind of pump is

reliable,easy to install and maintain.

ISR、ISRZ type hot water pump can transport hot water whose temperature is less than 120℃.

Application

IS、ISR type pump is applied in industry and urban water supply,drainage,and also agricultural irrigation.

ISZ type pump is single stage single suction(axial suction)centrifugal pump is applied in industry and urban water supply,high-rise

water supply,water supply for high-rise buildings,pressurization for fire pipe, hot and cold water circulation for air-conditioning,

long distance water convey,production technique pressurization transportation,drainage for various equipment&boiler,etc. It can

also be used for agricultural irrigation and the transportation of clear water and some other liquids with physical and chemical

properties similar to clear water.

Working Condition

IS/ISR type series performance range

Inlet diameter：50-200mm(2"-8")

Capacity：6.3-400m3/h

Head：5-125m

Speed：2900r/min and 1450r/min

Matched power：0.55-110kW

Sealing has packing seal and mechanical seal.

ISZ type series performance range(According to design point)

Speed：2900r/min 1450r/min

Inlet diameter：50~300mm

Capacity：6.3~720m3/h

Head：5~125m

Ambient temperature：T≤40℃

- 137 -

Motor safety grade：IP54 or IP44

Motor insulation class： B class or F class

Y2 or Y series motor is matched,mechanical seal

Code Identification

Drawing

- 138 -


Model No.

Capacity

Head

Speed

Shaft

power

Motor

Efficiency Pump

weight η

m3/h

l/s

m

rpm

kW

Power Model

%

kg

kW

IS50-32-125

7.5 2.08 23

2950

1.09

2.2

Y

90L-2YB

43

44 12.5 3.47 20 1.33 51

15 4.17 18 1.5 49

IS50-32-125

3.75 1.04 5.8

1480

0.16

0.55

Y

801-4YB

36

44 6.3 1.75 5 0.19 45

7.5 2.08 4.5 0.21 44

IS50-32-160

7.5 2.08 34.5 2950

2.13 3

Y

100L-2YB

33 48 12.5 3.47 32 2.37 46

15 4.17 30 2.45 50

IS50-32-160

3.75 1.04 8.6

1480

0.3

0.55

Y

801-4YB

29

48 6.3 1.75 8 0.34 40

7.5 2.08 7.5 0.36 43

Water Pump

SType Single-stage Double Suction Horizontal Centrally-split Centrifugal Pump

Brief Introduction

S type pump is single stage double suction horizontal centrally-split centrifugal pump which can transport clean water and the

liquids with physical and chemical properties similar to clean water,and the temperature of liquid can not exceed 80℃.

Application

It is applicable to water supply and drainage in factory,mine,city,power station,agriculture irrigation and all kinds of hydraulic

engineering.

- 139 -

Working Condition

Inlet diameter：150-600mm(6"-24")

Capacity： 133-3170m3/h

Head： 10-125m

Speed： 2900r/min, 1450r/min and 970r/min


Code Identification

Drawing

- 140 -

Petrochemical Pump

DF(S) - Type Mining Pump

Brief Introduction

DF(S)-type mining use wear&corrosion resistent centrifugal multistage pump has features of anti-cavitation,high efficiency,energy

conservation,reliable and service long life.Especially applied in mine drainage,pumping solid particle content which is not more

than 5%(particle diameter is less than 0.5mm)mine water and other similar liquid.

The pump follows the standards of ISO、API、GB、ASTM and JIS.

Application

It is applicable to Salt manufacturing industry, Seawater desalination, Process industry, Power plant, Chemical and petro-chemical

industry.

Working Condition

Capacity：230-666m3/h

Head：158.3-1153.3m

Matched Power：N=280-2240 kW

Medium Temperature：≤105℃

Code Identification

- 141 -

Drawing

Impurity Pump

ZJ Series Slurry Pumps

Brief Introduction

The ZJ series slurry pumps are highly-efficient, singlestage and single-suction centrifugal pumps. They are classified into the

horizontal version (ZJA type) and vertical pumps(ZJLA) vary from 500mm to 450mm,400mm,350mm，300mm，250mm, 200mm,

150mm, 100mm, 80mm, 65mm, 50mm, 40mm,etc. The outlet diameters of vertical version pumps vary from 150mm to 100mm,

80mm, 65mm, 50mm,40mm etc.

The pumps are original in both hydraulic and structural designs. The wet parts are made form self-developed high-chrome-content

alloy cast iron with high abrasive resistance. Apart from save of energy they also offer the special features of being high in

efficiency, long in service life, light in weight, rational in design, reliable in operation, low in vibration and easy in maintenance

with an overall performance far superior to their domestic counterparts. The ZJA series slurry pumps are suitable for handing

abrasive and corrosive solids-bearing slurries with maximum concentrations of wt.45%(ash) and wt.60%(ore). The pumps can be

operated in series, depending on the requirement of users.

- 142 -

Application

They are widely used in power, metallurgical, mining, coal and building materials sectors.

Working Condition

Capacity：4.6-7960m3/h

Head：1.5-130m

Max Power：N=4-1200 kW

Medium Temperature：≤105℃

Code Identification

200ZJA-I-A70 200ZJA-I-A70

200 Outlet diameter（mm）ZJ Slurry pumpA the first improved design

I denoted the first stage pump or single stage pumpII denoted the second stage pump

A Numbers of the vanes of impeller

Technical Parameter

Type

Allowable

max.power

of motor

(kw)

Clear water performance Particle

max. size

handled

occasionally

(mm)

Pump

weight

(kg)

Capacity

(m3/h)

Head

(m)

speed

(r/min)

Max. eff.

(%)

NPSHr

(m)

500ZJA-I-A140

500ZJA-I-AK140

1200

3750-7960

49-55.2

200-490

82

5-10

120

19100

450ZJA-I-A140

450ZJA-I-AK140

1200

3310-6610

52-57

200-490

85

5-10

120

18864

400ZJA-I-A125

400ZJA-I-AK125

1200

2520-5040

48-66

200-500

80

4.5-9

110

14432

350ZJA-I-F100 560 526-2339 14.9-62.8 300-590 77.6 4.4 96 5465

300ZJA-I-A100

300ZJA-I-AK100

450

464-1826

15.3-65.2

300-590

81.1

3.0

88

5265

300ZJA-I-A95

300ZJA-I-AK95

400

441-1735

13.8-58.8

300-590

78.1

3.0

88

5220

- 143 -

Drawing

Multistage Pump

DG Series Horizontal Multistage Pumps

Brief Introduction

DG type pump is horizontal multistage centrifugal pump,which is used to transport clean water with temperature less than

160℃,and also insoluble solid impurity 0.25%,and liquid such as water-soluble solid impurity 5% and other medium similar to

water.

- 144 -

Application

It is mainly used in light textile industry comprehensive utilization and also sub-high pressure boiler water supply in small-scale

thermal power plant.

Working Condition

Inlet diameter： 50－150 mm

Capacity：6－155m3/h Head

：50－960m Speed：

2980r/min

Matched power： 4－450kW

Code Identification

Drawing

- 145 -

Submersible Pump

QW(N)-Type Submersible Pump

Brief Introduction

QW type submersible sewage pump is developed based on imported advanced technology abroad.It has the advantages of high

efficiency,not easy to enlace, no clogging,auto-coupling and auto-control

The advantages of QW pump are its small volume,compact structure and high efficiency,with products more than 15kW.It can

detect the water leakage,overheat,overload protection.And as the requirements of user,an auto-protection control cabinet which has

liquid level control shall be equipped.

Installation type of QW type pump has auto-coupling installation and movable installation.

QWN type submersible sewage pump is developed based on QW type pump,absorbing advanced technology abroad.

Application

QW type pump is mainly used in urban construction,industry,hospital,building,hotel,restaurant and so on.It is used to transport

silt,urban sewage containing solid granule and long fiber.

QWN type pump is mainly applied in municipal engineering,steel plant,power plant,mines and some other wear-resistant sites for

discharging sludge and waster water containing solid particles.

Working Condition

QW

Outlet diameter： ≤600mm(2"-20")

Capacity： ≤3750m3/h

Head： ≤60m

Speed： 740r/min 970r/min 1450r/min 2980r/min


- 146 -

QWN

Outlet diameter: ≤600mm

Capacity: ≤3750 m3/h

Head: ≤60 m

Speed: 1430r/min 2480r/min

Matched power: 3-220kW

Code Identification

Drawing

- 147 -

Centrifugal Pump

IHF Type Fluorplastic Liner Alloy Chemical Centrifugal Pump

Brief Introduction

The IHF pump is a single-stage single-suction fluoroplastic liner alloy chemical centrifugal pump. It is designed and manufactured

according to international standard design and combined with non-metal pump processing technology. The pump has corrosion

resistance, wear resistance, high temperature resistance, no aging, and mechanical strength. High, no toxin decomposition, wide

temperature, and medium temperature of -85 °C-200 °C.

The pump body of IHF type fluoroplastic centrifugal pump is made of metal casing lining polyfluoroethylene propylene (F46),

impeller and pump cover are all made of metal inserts and fluoroplastics. The shaft seal is made of external bellows mechanical

seal. The static ring is made of 99.9% alumina ceramic or silicon carbide, and the moving ring is made of PTFE filling material or

silicon carbide. The utility model is characterized in that the pump structure is advanced and reasonable, corrosion resistance is

strong, the sealing performance is strict and reliable, the work is stable, the noise is low, the service life is long and the service life

is long.

Application

It is widely used in the processes of liquid transportation, wastewater treatment and acid addition in chemical, pharmaceutical,

petroleum, metallurgy, electric power, electroplating, pickling, pesticide, papermaking and other industries. The pump can

transport any concentration of sulfuric acid, hydrochloric acid, nitric acid, acetic acid, hydrofluoric acid, aqua regia, strong alkali,

strong oxidant, organic solvent and other strong corrosive media.

Working Condition


Head: ≤90 m

Medium temperature: -85 °C-200 °C

Speed: 1450r/min 2900r/min

Matched power: 0.55-40kW

- 148 -

Code Identification

Drawing

FB/AFB Anti-corrosive Centrifugal Pump

Brief Introduction

FB/AFB type is a single-stage single-suction cantilever type corrosion-resistant centrifugal pump. The factory absorbs the

characteristics of various types of pumps, adopts advanced hydraulic model, novel structure and high-strength combined single and

double-end mechanical seals. It has high efficiency, energy saving, compact structure and stable performance. , the use of reliable

and other advantages. This pump is suitable for conveying solid particles and corrosive liquids. The temperature of the medium to

be transported is -20 °C ~ 105 °C, the temperature of the double-face sealed cold device can be -20 °C ~ +280 °C, the inlet

pressure of the pump can not be greater than 0.2Mpa.

- 149 -

Application

It is widely used in petroleum, chemical, metallurgy, synthetic fiber. Industrial sectors such as pharmaceuticals, food, brewing,

environmental protection, and wastewater treatment are also available for industrial and mining enterprises and urban water supply

and drainage.

Working Condition


Head: ≤70 m


Speed: 2900r/min


Code Identification

Drawing

UHB-UF(UP) Anti-corrosive Wear-resistant Centrifugal Pump

Brief Introduction

UHB-UF (UP) is a full-plastic anti-corrosion wear-resistant pump. UF type over-current parts are modified ultra-high molecular

weight polyethylene materials, and UP type over-current parts are modified polypropylene materials. This series of pumps is an

innovative invention product of the company. Its structure is that the pump is wrapped with plastic inside and outside, and the

anti-corrosion (wear-resistant) pump with supporting (stretch resistant and compression-deformed) steel skeleton is installed in the

- 150 -

middle. Its outstanding comparative functional advantages are:

I. Overcome the shortcomings of anti-corrosion and high manufacturing cost in the plastic-lined pump. The advantages of good

rigidity and easy installation of the plastic-lined pump are retained.

II. Overcome the large plastic pump due to the large linear expansion coefficient of the plastic, the pump body is subject to thermal

expansion and contraction, and the axial deformation is large, which results in the mechanical stability of the plastic pump is poor

and easy to damage, but effectively retains the internal and external corrosion protection of the plastic pump. It is used under

corrosive air conditions, the surface will not corrode, and the corrosion resistance is good.

Application

The UF type over-current component is modified ultra-high molecular weight polyethylene, and its use characteristics are

corrosion resistance and wear resistance. Therefore, it is suitable for conveying corrosive and non-corrosive slurries or clear

liquids within 100 °C. It is mainly suitable for conveying acid-base media, and it is not suitable for conveying strong oxidizing

acid and solvent media.

The UP type is suitable for clear liquid corrosive medium with a conveying temperature of 100 °C.

● Sulfuric acid phosphate industry: transportation of dilute acid, mother liquor, sewage, fluorosilicic acid containing silica gel,

phosphoric acid slurry and other media.

● Non-ferrous metal smelting industry: It is especially suitable for various acid liquids such as lead, zinc, gold, silver, copper,

manganese, cobalt, rare earth, etc., corrosive pulp, slurry (for filter press) electrolyte, Medium transportation such as sewage.

● Chemical and other enterprises: various liquid or slurry positions of sulfuric acid, hydrochloric acid, alkaline and oil. Titanium

dioxide, iron red powder production, various dyes, pigment production, non-metallic mineral processing and other industries.

● Chlor-alkali industry: hydrochloric acid, liquid alkali, electrolyte, etc.

● Water treatment industry: pure water, high-purity water, sewage (leather sewage, electroplating sewage, electronic sewage,

papermaking sewage, textile sewage, food sewage, domestic sewage, pharmaceutical industry sewage, etc.)

● Steel companies: sulfuric acid and hydrochloric acid posts in pickling systems, sewage with impurities.

● Wet desulfurization circulating pump: It can be used for alkaline, acidic and corrosive jobs at the same time.

● Corrosive liquids in coal industry and coal chemical industry, coal slurry transportation; washing and coal blending pumps.

● Similar work conditions in other industries.

Working Condition


Head: ≤80 m

- 151 -


Speed: 2900r/min


Code Identification

Drawing

Without the auxiliary impeller

With the auxiliary impeller - 152 -

- 153 -

Vacuum Pump

SZ/SK Water Ring Vacuum Pump

Brief Introduction

SZ、SK series water ring vacuum pump and compressor are used to pump or compress air and other air that is

noncorrosive,water-insoluble and has solid particles.So that vacuum and pressure can be formed in the closed container.There is a

small quantity of liquid in the inhalational gas,which is allowable.

Application

The pump is widely used in machinery, petroleum, chemical, pharmacy, food, ceramic, sugar manufacturing, printing&dyeing,

metallurgy etc. Mainly used for vacuum filtration, vacuum distillation, vacuum sterilization, extrusion molding, food processing,

liquid degassing, etc.

Working Condition

Inlet diameter：70-150mm (2.5"-6")

Max Pumping Speed:1.5-30m3/min

Ultimate vacuum：-680- -710mmHg

Speed：730r/min 970r/min 1450r/min

Matched power：3-60kW

Code Identification

- 154 -

Drawing

Screw Pump

G series Single Screw Pump

Brief Introduction

The G series single screw pump is a new type of internal mesh rotary volume pump. It has the advantages of high efficiency,

strong self-priming ability and wide application range. It can be transported by various pumps for various difficult-to-deliver

media. Therefore, single-screw pumps are called universal pumps in foreign countries. This series of pumps can transport neutral

or corrosive liquids, clean or abrasive liquids, gases or bubbles-producing liquids, high viscosity liquids, including liquids

containing fibrous and solid materials.

Application

As a general-purpose pump, the single-screw pump can be adjusted according to the requirements by changing the speed. The

running speed can be high or low, and the outlet pressure can be increased with the number of pumps. For each additional stage,

the pressure is increased by 0.6MPa. The following ranges and industries are widely used:

- 155 -

1. Environmental protection: industrial sewage, domestic sewage, sludge containing turbid water containing solid particles and

short fibers, especially suitable for oil-water separators, plate and frame filter presses;

2. Shipbuilding industry: transportation of medium such as wheel bottom cleaning, oil water, oil residue, oil sewage, etc.;

3. Petroleum industry: transporting crude oil, a mixture of crude oil and water, a mixture of coal gas and water, pouring polymer

into the formation, etc., thereby reducing the cost of mechanical oil recovery, coal mining gas, and increasing oil recovery. ;

4. Medicine, daily chemical: transportation of various thick pastes, emulsions, and various ointment cosmetics;

5. Food canning industry: delivery of various viscous starches, cooking oil, honey, syrup, fruit puree, butter, surimi and its scraps:

6. Brewing industry: various fermented viscous slurries, distiller's grains, grain slag, various sauces, pulps and mucilage containing

bulk solids;

7. Construction industry: spraying and conveying of cement mortar, lime slurry, paint and other pastes;

8. Mining industry: groundwater and slurry water containing solid particles in the mine are discharged to the ground;

9. Chemical industry: various suspensions, greases, various colloidal pulps, various adhesives;

10. Printing and paper industry: high viscosity ink, wallpaper PVC polymer paste and various concentrations of pulp and short

fiber slurry.

11. Transportation of industrial boilers, power plants and coal water slurry.

Working Condition


Head: ≤120 m


Speed: 400-960r/min


Code Identification

Drawing

- 156 -

Magnetic Pump

CQ/CQB Magnetic Drive Pump

Brief Introduction

CQ/CQB stainless steel magnetic drive centrifugal pump (CQ/CQB stainless steel magnetic pump) is a new type of pump that uses

the permanent magnet coupling as the main working principle for centrifugal pumps. The pump body and over-current components

are made of 304 stainless steel, which is very reasonable in design. The process is quite advanced, with the main features of full

sealing, no leakage, corrosion resistance, etc. The performance of CQ stainless steel magnetic pump has reached the advanced

level of similar foreign pump products. CQ stainless steel magnetic pump has compact structure, beautiful appearance, small size,

low noise, stable operation and convenient maintenance.

Application

CQ/CQB series magnetic pump is suitable for petroleum, chemical, pharmaceutical, electroplating, environmental protection, food,

film and television printing, water treatment, national defense and other industries, is the ideal equipment for transporting

flammable, explosive, volatile, toxic, rare and valuable corrosive liquids, suitable for The conveying suction pressure is not more

than 0.2MPa, the maximum working pressure is 1.6MPa, the temperature is not more than 100°C, the density is not more than

1600kg/m3, and the viscosity is not more than 30×10-6m2/s. It does not contain hard particles, fibers and liquids containing

magnetic substances.

Working Condition


Head: ≤80 m


Speed: 1450, 2900r/min


Code Identification

- 157 -

Drawing

Metering Pump

GM Mechanical Diaphragm Metering Pump

Brief Introduction

GM mechanical diaphragm metering pump is LIGAO heavy-duty designed process pump for chemical dosing. It is reliable pump

require minimal maintenance with high performance. It has long-term cost benefits of low lifecycle cost. Double-diaphragm design

is available for sensitive liquid dosing. Each pump is with the reinforced plate to protect the diaphragm to increase the working life.

Both stroke length and stroke speed can be adjusted to alter capacity.

Materials:

Pump head: PVC, PTFE,SS304,SS316

Diaphragm: Composite PTFE diaphragm

Check Valve: PVC, PTFE,SS304,SS316 (same as pump head selection)

Valve ball: Ceramic, SS304,SS316

- 158 -

Application

GM pump are very durable for chemicals dosing such as aluminum sulfate, polymers, alkalis, sodium hydroxide, acids,

anti-scaling and anti-foaming agents ,chlorine and so on.

It is widely used in petrochemical, chemical, electric power, metallurgy, mining, waste water treatment, shipbuilding, light

industry, agriculture, national defense and other industries.

Working Condition

Capacity range: 25lph -500lh under 50Hz

Pressure range: 5-10 bars

Max Processing Temperature: from 70℃

Stroke Adjustment: 0-100%

Suction lift: 1.5m

Accuracy: ±2% of set point

Technical Parameter

Model

50Hz

60 Hz

Pressure

Diaphragm

Dia. (mm)

Power

kW(HP) Flow Flow SPM

Flow Flow SPM

(Bar)

(Psi)

(lph) (gph) (gph) (lph)

GM 25/1.0 25 6.6 48 7.9 30 58 10 145 60

0.37(0.5)

GM 50/1.0 50 13 96 16 60 115 10 145

GM 80/0.7 80 21 48 25 96 58 7 102

112

GM 120/0.7 120 32 48 38 144 58 7 102

GM 170/0.7 170 45 96 54 204 115 7 102

GM 240/0.5 240 63 96 76 288 115 5 73

GM 320/0.5 310 82 144 98 372 173 5 73

GM 420/0.5 420 111 144 133 504 173 5 73

GM 500/0.5 480 127 144 152 576 173 5 73

- 159 -

Drawing

2J-X Duplex Heads Plunger Metering Pump

Brief Introduction

2J-X is plunger /piston metering pump with duplex heads. Two liquid heads work separately with independent gear ratio

mechanism. It is an ideal proportioning metering dosing pump for two different chemicals. The check valve is double-ball design

for increased accuracy.

Materials:

Pump head: SS304,SS316

Pump case: Cast Iron

Plunger: Ceramic or SS316 coated with ceramic

Packing seal: PTFE and SS316 Ring

Valves: SS304,SS316

Valve Ball: SS304,SS316, Ceramic

- 160 -

Application

GM pump are very durable for chemicals dosing such as aluminum sulfate, polymers, alkalis, sodium hydroxide, acids,

anti-scaling and anti-foaming agents ,chlorine and so on.

It is widely used in waste treatment, industrial chemical process, agriculture, and many more applications.

Working Condition

Capacity range: 5lph -300lh under 50Hz 60Hz

Pressure range: 8-380 bars

Stroke Adjustment: 0-100%

Technical Parameter

Model

50Hz 60 Hz Pressure Plunger

Dia.

(mm)

Stroke

Length

(mm)

Power

kW(HP)

Inlet&Outlet

Size

Connection

Size Flow Flow

SPM Flow Flow

SPM

(Bar)

(Psi)

(lph) (gph) (gph) (lph)

2J-X5/38 5 1.3

96

1.6 6

115

380 5510 6

20

0.37(0.5)

DN6

DN15

(union for

welding)

2J-X8/21 8 2.1 2.5 10 210 3045 8

2J-X16/13 16 4.2 5.1 19 130 1885 10

2J-X25/9 25 6.6 7.9 30 90 1305 12

2J-X40/5.4 40 11 13 48 54 783 16

2J-X60/3.5 60 16 19 72 35 508 20

2J-X100/2.2 100 26 32 120 22 319 25

DN10

2J-X130/1.7 130 34 41 156 17 247 28

2J-X160/1.3 160 42 51 192 13 189 32

2J-X200/1.0 200 53 63 240 10 145 35

2J-X250/0.8 250 66 79 300 8 116 38

2J-X300/0.6 300 79 95 360 8 116 42

Drawing

- 161 -

Diaphragm Pump

QBY Pneumatic Diaphragm Pump

Brief Introduction

QBY pneumatic diaphragm pump is a new type of conveying machine. It uses compressed air as the power source. It can pump all

kinds of corrosive liquids, liquid with particles, high viscosity, volatile, flammable and highly toxic liquid. At present, the

production has been formed and the quality of the products has been well received. The main feature of this kind of pump is that it

does not need to be irrigated, it can pump the flowing liquid, and it can transport some medium which is easy to flow. The suction

pressure is high and the lift head can be adjusted (0-50 meters). The source pressure should only be greater than 1kg/ Cm2 can

work, absolutely fireproof and explosion-proof, with all the functions of submersible pump, self-priming pump, impurity pump,

shield pump, mud pump and many characteristics of conveying machinery.

The pneumatic diaphragm pump is a new type of conveying machine and is the most innovative type of pump in China. Using

compressed air as the power source, for various corrosive liquids, liquid with particles, high viscosity, volatile, flammable, highly

toxic liquid, can be exhausted.

Application

1. Chemical industry: acid, alkali, solvent, sewage resin, latex, filter press, mixture.

2. Petrochemical industry: crude oil, heavy oil, grease, mud, sludge and so on.

3. Coating industry: resin, solvent, coloring agent, paint, coloring agent, alkyd resin.

4. Chemical industry: detergent, shampoo, lotion, emulsion, hand cream, surfactant

5. Ceramic industry: mud, clay, lime slurry, clay pulp.

6. Mining industry: coal slurry, magma, mud, mortar, explosive pulp, lubricants and so on.

7. Water treatment: lime slurry, soft precipitates, sewage, chemicals, waste water.

8. Food industry: liquid semi-solid, chocolate, salt water, vinegar, syrup, vegetable oil, soybean oil, honey, animal blood.

9. Beverage industry: yeast, syrup, concentrate, gas-liquid mixture, wine, fruit juice, corn steep liquor and so on.

10. Pharmaceutical industry: solvent, acid, alkali, plant refining oil, ointment, plasma and other pharmaceutical materials liquid.

11. Paper industry: adhesives, resins, paints, inks, pigments, hydrogen peroxide and so on

12. Electronic industry: solvent, plating solution, cleaning solution, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, waste acid, corrosive acid, acetone,

polishing liquid

13. Textile industry: dye chemicals, resins, plastics and so on

14. Construction: cement slurry, ceramic tile adhesive, rock pulp, ceiling finish and so on

15. Automotive: Polishing emulsion, oil, coolant, car primer, oil emulsion, varnish, varnish additives, degreasing solution, paint,

- 162 -

etc.

16. Furniture industry: adhesives, varnishes, dispersions, solvents, paints, white wood, epoxy, starch, etc.

17. Metallurgy, casting and dyeing industry: metal pulp, hydroxide and carbide pulp, dust, detergent, etc.

Working Condition

Capacity range: 0-30m3/h

Lift head: 0-50m

Suction head: 5, 7m

Technical Parameter

Model No.

Outlet/Inlet Dia.

(inch)

Capacity

(m3/h)

Lift head

(m)

Suction head

(m)

Max air

consumption

(m3/min)

Max particle dia.

(mm)

QBY-10 G3/8 0.8 50 5 0.3 1

QBY-15 G1/2 1 50 5 0.3 1

QBY-25 G1 2.4 50 7 0.6 2.5

QBY-40 G1.5×G1.25 8 50 7 0.6 4.5

QBY-50 2 12 50 7 0.9 8

QBY-65 2.5 16 50 7 0.9 8

QBY-80 3 24 50 7 1.5 10

QBY-100 4 30 50 7 1.5 10

Drawing

- 163 -

DBY Electric Diaphragm Pump

Brief Introduction

DBY electric diaphragm pump is a new type of pump. In recent years, due to the breakthrough in the material of diaphragm, more

and more industrialized countries in the world use this type of pump to replace some centrifugal pumps and screw pumps. It is

applied to petrochemical, ceramic, metallurgical and other industries. The product design refers to the prototype of American

ABEL Company. The pump is suitable for low pressure, that is, the outlet pressure is ≤3kgf/cm2.

Application

1. A variety of highly toxic, flammable, volatile liquids.

2. A variety of strong acids, strong bases, strong corrosive liquids.

3. It can transport a higher temperature medium at 150 °C.

4. As a pre-stage pressure feeder for various filter presses.

5. Hot water recovery and recycling.

6. Tank trucks, oil depots, oil handling.

7. Pump kimchi jam, mashed potatoes, chocolate, etc.

8. Pumps paint, gum, and pigment binders.

9. Various porcelain glaze slurry cement grouting mortar.

10. Various rubber latex, organic solvent, filler.

11. Use the pump to clear the tanker's sewage and residual oil for the tanker barge clearance.

12. Hops and baking powder slurry, syrup, molasses.

13. Pumping sewage, sediments from mines, tunnels, tunnels, sewers.

14. Suction of various special media.

Working Condition

Capacity range: 0-20m3/h

Lift head: 0-30m

Power: 0.37-5.5kW

Media Temperature: -15-+150℃

- 164 -

Technical Parameter

Model No.

Outlet/Inlet Dia.

(mm)

Capacity

(m3/h)

Lift head

(m)

Suction head

(m)

Max particle dia.

(mm)

Motor Power

(kW)

DBY-10 10 0.5 30 1.5 1 0.37

DBY-15 15 0.75 30 1.5 1 0.37

DBY-25 25 3.5 30 4 2.5 1.5

DBY-40 40 4.5 30 4 4.5 2.2

DBY-50 50 6.5 30 4 8 4

DBY-65 65 8 30 4 8 4

DBY-80 80 16 30 4 10 5.5

DBY-100 100 20 30 4 10 5.5

Drawing

- 165 -

VALVE

> Ball Valve

>Butterfly Valve

>Check Valve

> Diaphragm Valve

> Drain Valve

>Knife Gate Valve

>Gate Valve

>Globe Valve

>Pressure Reducing Valve

>Plug Valve

>Regulating Valve

>Safety Valve

- 166 -

Ball Valve

Brief Introduction

The ball valve divide into: Full Welded Ball Valve, Fixed Ball Valve, Floating Ball Valve, Eccentric Hemispherical Valve, Screw

Ball Valve, V type Ball Valve, Three-way Ball Valve, Flange Ball Valve, Lining Fluorine Ball Valve...etc.

Selection Principle

1. The main line for the transportation of oil and natural gas, the pipe that needs to be cleaned, and the underground pipe, the ball

valve with full-diameter and all-welded structure; the ball valve buried in the ground and selected for full-diameter welding or

flange connection; branch pipe, flange connection, welded connection, ball valve with full or reduced diameter.

2. The conveying pipeline and storage equipment of the refined oil are selected from flanged ball valves.

3. On the pipelines of city gas and natural gas, float ball valves with flange connection and internal thread connection are selected.

4. In the oxygen pipeline system in the metallurgical system, a fixed ball valve that has undergone strict degreasing treatment and

flange connection should be used.

5. For low temperature medium piping systems and devices, a low temperature ball valve with a bonnet should be used.

6. The lifting rod type ball valve can be selected on the piping system of the catalytic cracking unit of the refinery.

7. In the chemical system, such as the acid-base and other corrosive medium devices and piping systems, it is advisable to use

all-stainless steel ball valves made of austenitic stainless steel and Teflon as the seat seal.

8. Metal-to-metal sealed ball valves are available on the piping systems or devices of high-temperature media in metallurgical

systems, power systems, petrochemical plants, and urban heating systems.

9. When flow adjustment is required, a worm-gear, pneumatic or electric adjustment ball valve with a V-shaped opening can be

selected.

- 167 -

Full Welded Ball Valve

Q361F PN1.6-PN2.5 all-welded ball valve is widely used in various fields, its superior quality and high-performance stability is

not common cast steel ball valve, all-welded ball valve life is far greater than the cast steel Ball valves, all-welded ball valves are

widely used in urban gas, urban heating, petrochemical, shipbuilding, steel, pressure regulating stations, power plants and other

types of pipeline equipment.

Application

Full welded ball valves are widely used in urban gas, urban heating, petrochemical, shipbuilding, steel, pressure regulating stations,

power plants and other types of pipeline equipment.

Drawing

- 168 -

Serial

Number

Name

Material

Serial

Number

Name

Material

1 Cap ASTM A105 21 Thrust bearings PTFE

2 Body ASTM A105 22 Slide bearings 304+PTFE

3 Sphere ASTM A105+ENP 23 On the support seat ASTM A105

4 Anti-static spring Assembly 24 O-ring VITON

5 Thrust bearings PTFE 25 O-ring VITON

6 Slide bearings 304+PTFE 26 Y-ring VITON

7 Lower stem ASTM A105 27 Fire pad SS304+graphite

8 Bottom cover ASTM A105 28 Filler Graphite

9 Drain valve ASTM A105+ENP 29 Socket head cap screws ASTM A193 B7

10 O-ring VITON 30 Socket head cap screws ASTM A193 B7

11 Fire pad SS304+graphite 31 Valve stem ASTM A182 F6a

12 Socket head cap screws ASTM A193 B7 32 Cylindrical pin 35

13 Footsteps A3 33 Studs ASTM A193 B7

14 Seat PPL 34 Nut ASTM A194 2H

15 Seat fire pad SS304+graphite 35 Spring washer 65Mn

16 Spring support seat ASTM A105 36 Land ASTM A105

17 Spring 17-7PH 37 Flat key 45

18 O-ring VITON 38 Turbine ASTM A105-HZn

19 Seat support ring ASTM A105+ENP 39 Vent valve ASTM A105-HZn

20 Slide bearings 304

Connection Dimension

Q61F/Q361F-Q41F/Q341F PN16/PN25/PN40

DN L(RF） L（WE）

D1

D2 H1(handle） H1(turbine） W(handle） W(turbine）

15 150 210 27 48 64 - 129 -

20 160 230 34 60 76 - 159 -

25 180 230 42 76 85 - 159 -

32 200 260 48 89 95 - 245 -

40 230 300 60 89 124 - 245 -

50 270 300 76 114 162 - 30 -

65 280 300 89 140 175 - 320 -

80 300 325 114 168 192 169 450 -

100 350 325 141 203 205 183 450 230

125 350 350 168 219 225 203 450 230

150 400 400 219 273 245 224 1000 230

200 502 521 273 351 285 262 1000 320

250 568 560 325 426 348 322 1500 350

300 648 635 377 508 355 350

- 169 -

Q367F/Q347F PN16/PN25/PN40

DN L(RF） L（WE）

D1

D2

H1

H2

W

150 403 457 219 273 246 193 280

200 502 521 273 351 285 238 320

250 568 560 325 426 323 278 320

300 648 635 377 508 365 315 400

350 762 762 426 580 410 370 400

400 838 838 480 675 457 425 450

450 914 914 530 740 495 465 450

500 991 991 630 805 540 495 500

600 1143 1143 735 975 640 580 500

700 1346 1346 830 1130 715 660 500

800 1524 1524 930 1270 785 730 500

900 1727 1727 1036 1425 860 820 800

1000 1900 1840 1236 1625 970 920 800

Butterfly Valve

Brief Introduction

According to seal materials, the butterfly valve divide into: Soft Sealing Butterfly Valve and Metal Hard Sealing Butterfly Valve.

Valves can be used to control the flow of various types of fluids such as air, water, steam, various corrosive media, mud, oil, liquid

metals, and radioactive media. Mainly cut and throttle on the pipeline. The butterfly valve opening and closing member is a

disc-shaped butterfly plate that rotates around its own axis in the valve body to achieve the purpose of opening and closing or

adjusting.

Selection Attention

1. The main control parameters of the butterfly valve are the specifications.

2. The butterfly valve is a single-plate type damper, which has the advantages of simple structure, convenient processing, low cost

and simple operation, but the adjustment precision is poor, and it is only suitable for the occasion of switching or coarse

adjustment in the ventilation and air-conditioning system.

3. Can be manual, electric or zipper operation, can be fixed at any angle of 90°range.

- 170 -

4. Due to the single-axis single-valve plate, the bearing capacity is limited, the valve life is short under large pressure difference,

large flow rate conditions. The valve has a closed type and a common type, and is insulated and non-insulated.

5. The electric butterfly valve has only two-position control, and the electric actuator is the same as the multi-leaf valve.

Pneumatic Butterfly Valve

D943H, D943W pneumatic three eccentric multi-level hard-seal butterfly valve is widely used in metallurgy, electricity, petroleum,

chemicals, air, gas, combustible gas and water supply and drainage and other corrosive media pipeline.

Application

It is suitable for the transportation of various corrosive and non-corrosive fluid media in the engineering systems of furnace, gas,

natural gas, liquefied petroleum gas, city gas, hot and cold air, chemical smelting and power generation and environmental

protection. It is used to regulate and cut off the medium flow.

Product Parts Materials

Model

D943H-16

D943W-16P

D943W-16R

Working pressure（MPa） 1.6

Applicable temperature（℃） ≤425 ≤200

Suitable media

Water, oil or non-corrosive

media

Nitric acid medium

Acetic acid medium

Material

Body, disc WCB CF8/304 CF3M/316L

Valve stem 2Cr13 304 316L

Body sealing surface Surfacing507 －－

Butterfly sealing surface 304＋Flexible graphite 304＋PTFE 304＋PTFE

filler Flexible graphite PTFE PTFE


D943H, D943W

PN DN L D D1 D2 Z-d b f H

1 50 108 165 125 99 4-18 20 2 170

1 65 112 185 145 118 4-18 20 2 170

1 80 114 200 160 132 8-18 20 2 230

1 100 127 220 180 156 8-18 22 2 320

1 125 140 250 210 184 8-18 22 2 345

1 150 140 285 240 211 8-22 24 2 385

1 200 152 340 295 266 8-22 24 2 471

1 250 165 405 355 319 12-22 26 2 533

1 300 178 445 400 370 12-22 26 2 606

1 350 190 505 460 429 16-22 26 2 694

1 400 216 565 515 480 16-26 26 2 757

1 450 222 615 565 530 20-26 28 2 814

1 500 229 670 620 582 20-26 28 2 902

1 600 267 780 725 682 20-30 34 2 1048

1 700 292 895 840 794 24-30 34 5 1277

1 800 318 1015 950 901 24-33 36 5 1385

1 900 330 1115 1050 1001 28-33 38 5 1490

1 1000 410 1230 1160 1112 28-36 38 5 1620

1.6 50 108 165 125 99 4-18 20 2 170

1.6 65 112 185 145 118 4-18 20 2 170

1.6 80 114 200 160 132 8-18 20 2 230

1.6 100 127 220 180 156 8-18 22 2 320

1.6 125 140 250 210 184 8-18 22 2 345

1.6 150 140 285 240 211 8-22 24 2 385

1.6 200 152 340 295 266 12-22 24 2 471

1.6 250 165 405 355 319 12-26 26 2 533

1.6 300 178 460 410 370 12-26 28 2 606

1.6 350 190 520 470 429 16-26 30 2 694

1.6 400 216 580 525 480 16-30 32 2 757

1.6 450 222 640 585 548 20-30 40 2 814

1.6 500 229 715 650 609 20-33 44 2 902

1.6 600 267 840 770 720 20-36 54 2 1048

1.6 700 292 910 840 794 24-36 40 5 1277

1.6 800 318 1025 950 901 24-39 42 5 1385

1.6 900 330 1125 1050 1001 28-39 44 5 1490

1.6 1000 410 1225 1170 1112 28-42 46 5 1620

2.5 50 108 165 125 99 4-18 20 2 170

2.5 65 112 185 145 118 8-18 22 2 265

2.5 80 114 200 160 132 8-18 24 2 310

2.5 100 127 235 190 156 8-22 24 2 343

2.5 125 140 270 220 184 8-26 26 2 385

- 171 -

- 172 -

2.5 150 140 300 250 211 8-26 28 2 445

2.5 200 152 360 310 274 12-26 30 2 510

2.5 250 165 425 370 330 12-30 32 2 569

2.5 300 178 485 430 389 16-30 34 2 653

2.5 350 190 555 490 448 16-33 38 2 730

2.5 400 216 620 550 503 16-36 40 2 810

2.5 450 222 670 600 548 20-36 46 2 850

2.5 500 229 730 660 609 20-36 48 2 940

2.5 600 267 845 770 720 20-39 58 2 1150

2.5 700 292 960 875 820 24-42 58 5 1195

2.5 800 318 1085 990 609 24-36 58 5 1268

Check Valve

Brief Introduction

According to structure type, the check valve can divide into Lift Check Valve(Vertical and Horizontal Lift Check Valve), Swing

Check Valve(Single, Double and Multi-petal Swing Check Valve), and Butterfly Check Valve.

- 173 -

Selection Attention

1. In order to prevent the medium from flowing backwards, a check valve should be installed on the equipment, equipment and

pipelines;

2. The check valve is generally suitable for clean media, and should not be used for media containing solid particles and high

viscosity;

3. Generally, horizontal lifting check valves should be used on horizontal pipes with a nominal diameter of 50 mm;

4. Straight-flow lifting check valves can only be installed in horizontal pipes;

5. For the inlet pipe of the water pump, the bottom valve should be selected. The bottom valve is generally installed only on the

vertical pipe of the pump inlet, and the medium flows from bottom to top;

6. The lift type has better sealing performance than the swing type, and the fluid resistance is large. The horizontal type should be

installed on the horizontal pipe and installed vertically on the vertical pipe;

7. The installation position of the swing check valve is not limited. It can be installed on horizontal, vertical or inclined pipelines.

If it is installed on vertical pipelines, the flow direction of the medium should be from bottom to top;

8. The swing-type check valve should not be made into a small-diameter valve, which can be made into a high working pressure.

The nominal pressure can reach 42 MPa, and the nominal diameter can also be made very large, and the maximum can reach 2000

mm or more. Any working medium and any operating temperature range can be applied depending on the material of the housing

and the seal. The medium is water, steam, gas, corrosive medium, oil, medicine, and the like. The working temperature of the

medium ranges from -196 to -800 °C;

9. The application of the swing-type check valve is low pressure and large diameter, and the installation occasion is limited;

10. The installation position of the butterfly check valve is not limited. It can be installed on the horizontal pipeline or on the

vertical or inclined pipeline.

11. Diaphragm check valve is suitable for pipelines that are prone to water hammer. The diaphragm can well eliminate the water

hammer generated when the medium is reversed. It is generally used on low pressure normal temperature pipelines, especially for

tap water pipelines. The temperature is between -12--120 °C, the working pressure is <1.6 MPa, but the diaphragm type check

valve can achieve a larger diameter, and the DN can reach 2000 mm or more;

12. Spherical check valve is suitable for medium and low pressure pipelines, can be made into large diameter;

13. The shell material of the spherical check valve can be made of stainless steel. The hollow sphere of the seal can be wrapped

with PTFE engineering plastic, so it can also be applied on the pipeline of general corrosive medium. The working temperature is

-101--150. Between °C, its nominal pressure is ≤4.0MPa, and the nominal passage range is between DN200-DN1200;

14. For the selection of incompressible fluid check valves, the required closing speed must first be evaluated. The second step is to

select the type of check valve that may meet the required closing speed;

15. For the selection of the check valve for the compressible fluid, it can be selected according to a similar method of the

non-compressible fluid check valve. If the medium flow range is large, the check valve for the compressible fluid can be used. a

deceleration device, if the medium flow is quickly stopped and started continuously, such as the outlet of the compressor, a lift

check valve is used;

16. The check valve should determine the corresponding size, the valve supplier must provide the data of the selected size, so that

you can find the valve size when the valve is fully open at a given flow rate;

- 174 -

17. For high and medium pressure check valves below DN50mm, vertical lift check valves and straight lift check valves should be

used;

18. For low-pressure check valves below DN50mm, butterfly check valves, vertical lift check valves and diaphragm check valves

should be used;

19. For high and medium pressure check valves with DN greater than 50mm and less than 600mm, rotary check valves should be

used;

20. For medium and low pressure check valves with DN greater than 200mm and less than 1200mm, wear-free ball check valves

should be used;

21. For low-pressure check valves with DN greater than 50mm and less than 2000mm, butterfly check valves and diaphragm

check valves should be used;

22. For pipelines that require less water hammer impact or waterless blow when shutting down, a slow-closed swing-start check

valve and a slow-closed butterfly check valve should be used.

Swing Check Valve

H44H, H44Y type PN16 ~ PN250 swing check valve for pressure 1.6 ~ 25MPa working temperature -29 ~ +550 ℃ petroleum,

chemical, pharmaceutical, fertilizer, power industry and other conditions of the pipeline, the applicable medium is Water, oil,

steam, acidic medium and so on.

Application

1. Butterfly double-valve check valve is suitable for high-rise building water supply network, pipe network with certain chemical

corrosive medium, limited installation space, and also suitable for sewage pipe network.

2. Lifting silent check valve is suitable for pipe network with high quality requirements for water supply and drainage engineering;

pipe network with relatively high pressure requirements (PN2.5Mpa); it can be installed at the exit of pump, it is economical and

practical waterproof hammer check valve .

3. Lifting and anechoic check valve is suitable for water supply and drainage system. The high-rise building pipe network can be

installed at the exit of the pump. The structure is slightly modified and can be used as a suction bottom valve, but it is not suitable

for sewage pipe network.

4. Horizontal check valves are suitable for diving, drainage and sewage pumps, especially for sewage and sludge systems.

5. Swing-on rubber check valve is suitable for use in domestic water pipe network; but it is not suitable for sewage with many

sediments.

6. Swing single-valve check valve is suitable for the water supply system, petroleum, chemical, metallurgical and other industrial

sectors to the most suitable places for installation space restrictions.

- 175 -

Performance Parameters

Model

H44H-16C~250

H44W-16P~250

Work pressure（MPa） 1.6~25

proper temperature（℃） ≤425 ≤550

Suitable media Water, steam, oil Weak corrosive medium

material

Body, bonnet, disc Carbon steel Chrome nickel-titanium stainless steel

Sealing surface Carbon steel surfacing iron-based alloys Body sealed


H44H-16C H44W-16C H44W-16P H44W-16R H44W-16I

Nominal diameter DN

The main dimensions and connection dimensions

L D D1 D2 b Z-d H

H44H-16C H44W-16C H44W-16P H44W-16R H44W-16I

25 160 115 85 65 16 4-14 100

32 180 135 100 78 16 4-18 105

40 200 145 100 85 16 4-18 115

50 230 160 125 100 16 4-18 135

65 290 180 145 120 18 4-18 142

80 310 195 160 135 20 8-18 165

100 350 215 180 155 20 8-18 180

125 400 245 210 185 22 8-18 210

150 480 280 240 210 24 8-23 233

200 500 335 295 265 26 12-23 304

250 550 405 355 320 30 12-25 348

300 650 460 410 375 30 12-25 390

350 750 520 470 435 34 16-25 430

400 850 580 525 485 36 16-30 468

H44H-25 H44W-25 H44W-25P H44W-25R H44W-25I

25 160 115 85 65 16 4-14 100

32 180 135 100 78 16 4-18 105

40 200 145 110 85 16 4-18 115

50 230 160 125 100 20 4-18 160

65 290 180 145 120 22 8-18 175

80 310 195 160 135 22 8-18 185

100 350 230 190 160 24 8-23 220

125 400 270 220 188 28 8-25 248

150 480 300 250 218 30 8-25 276

200 550 360 310 278 34 12-25 350

250 650 425 370 332 36 12-30 410

300 750 485 430 390 40 16-30 430

- 176 -

350 850 550 490 448 44 16-34 518

400 950 610 550 505 48 16-34 560

Diaphragm Valve

Brief Introduction

The diaphragm valve is a shut-off valve that uses a diaphragm as an opening and closing member to close the flow passage, cut off

the fluid, and separate the valve body cavity from the bonnet cavity. The diaphragm is usually made of elastic, corrosion-resistant

and non-permeable materials such as rubber and plastic. The valve body is made of plastic, fiberglass, ceramic or metal lining

material. The structure is simple, the sealing and anti-corrosion performance are good, and the fluid resistance is small. Used in

low pressure, low temperature, corrosive and suspended materials. According to the structure, there are ridge type, cut-off type,

ram type and the like. According to the driving method, there are manual, pneumatic and electric.

Selection Attention

1. The diaphragm valve is a special form of shut-off valve whose opening and closing member is a diaphragm made of a soft

material that separates the valve body cavity from the bonnet cavity.

2. Due to the limitation of the valve body lining process and the diaphragm manufacturing process, the larger valve body lining

- 177 -

and the larger diaphragm manufacturing process are difficult, so the diaphragm valve is not suitable for larger pipe diameters, and

is generally applied to pipes below ≤DN200. On the road.

3. Due to the limitations of the diaphragm material, the diaphragm valve is suitable for low pressure and low temperature

applications. Generally do not exceed 180 °C. Because diaphragm valves have good corrosion resistance, they are generally used

in devices and pipelines for corrosive media. 4. Due to the temperature at which the diaphragm valve is used, the medium is

limited by the diaphragm valve body lining material and diaphragm material.

Electric Diaphragm Valve

The electric diaphragm valve is designed to control non-corrosive or generally corrosive media. The body cavity surface is unlined

or covered with a variety of rubbers for different operating temperatures and liquid lines.

Applicable temperature: ≤85°C, ≤100°C, ≤120°C, ≤150°C (according to lining and diaphragm material)

Pressure rating: PN (MPa) 0.6 1.0 1.6

Application

It is widely used in chemical, petrochemical, petroleum, paper, mining, electric power, liquefied petroleum gas, food,

pharmaceutical, water supply and drainage, municipal, mechanical equipment, electronics, urban construction and other industry.


Body: cast iron, ductile iron, carbon steel, stainless steel

Bonnet: cast iron, ductile iron, carbon steel, stainless steel

Lining: unlined, rubber

Diaphragm: rubber

Disc: cast iron, carbon steel

Stem: carbon steel, stainless steel

Support frame: cast iron, carbon steel

Electric device: assembly

- 178 -


Model No.

Nominal

Diameter

Connection Dimension (mm)

DN（mm) L D1 D Do Z-φd H H1

G941WJ-6

25 145 85 115 120 4-14 121 135

32 160 100 135 120 4-18 132 150

40 180 110 145 140 4-18 156 176

50 210 125 160 140 4-18 169 195

65 250 145 180 200 4-18 202 236

80 300 160 195 200 4-18 216 256

100 350 180 215 280 4-18 270 322

125 400 210 245 320 8-18 338 406

150 460 240 280 320 8-18 384 464

200 570 295 335 400 8-23 518 638

250 680 350 390 500 8-23 598 734

300 790 400 440 560 12-23 698 778

350 900 460 500 560 12-23 723 883

400 1000 515 565 640 16-23 868 1078

G941WJ-10

25 145 85 115 120 16-25 121 135

32 160 100 135 120 4-14 132 150

40 180 110 145 140 4-18 156 176

50 210 125 160 140 4-18 169 195

65 250 145 180 200 4-18 202 236

80 300 160 195 200 4-18 216 256

100 350 180 215 280 8-18 270 322

125 400 210 245 320 8-18 338 406

150 460 240 280 320 8-23 384 464

Parts list: 1. Valve body 2. Body lining 3. Diaphragm 4. Valve flap 5. Valve stem 6. Valve cover 7. Electric head

- 179 -

Drain Valve

Brief Introduction

The drain valve refers to the evolution of the gate. It uses the gear to rotate 90℃ to drive the stem to open and close. The quick

drain valve not only has a simple structure and good sealing performance, but also has small volume, light weight, less material

consumption, small installation size, especially small driving torque, simple operation and easy opening and closing.

Selection Attention

1. It is necessary to know the local environment, the type of rubber drain valve at the time of purchase, the way of connecting with

the pipeline, whether the technology of the installation is mastered, and the most important thing is to understand whether the

characteristics of the product are compatible with the environment of the installation area;

2. It is necessary to check whether the inside of the valve is damaged during transportation and check whether the filling inside the

transportation is completely removed;

3. It is necessary to check whether the connection and the valve body have been deformed.

Quick Drain Valve

The quick drain valve is derived from the gate valve. The gear is rotated 90℃ to drive the stem to open and close. The quick drain

valve not only has simple structure and good sealing performance, but also has small volume, light weight, less material

consumption, small installation size, especially small driving torque, simple operation and easy opening and closing.

- 180 -

Name PZ44H、PZ48H Quick Drain Valve

Model No. PZ44H、PZ48H

Nominal Diameter DN25-100mm

Pressure Range 1.6-2.5MPa

Valve Body Materials Cast Steel、Stainless Steel

Parts Name Valve Body、 Valve Seat、 Valve Gear Shaft Packing Gasket Wrench

Valve Cover Valve Disc Stem

PZ44H、PZ48H

Cast steel

Chrome

Chrome Chrome

Oil immersion graphite

Rubber stone Ductile

stainless steel

Asbestos board iron

steel

Application

It is widely used in chemical, petrochemical, petroleum, paper, mining, electric power, liquefied petroleum gas, food,

pharmaceutical, water supply and drainage, municipal, mechanical equipment, electronics, urban construction and other industry.


stainless


Nominal

Pressure

PN(MPa)

Nominal

Diameter

DN(mm)

Connection Dimension (mm) Weight

（kg）

L D D1 D2 D6 b ZΦd H LO -

1.6

25 160 115 85 65 - 14 4-Φ14 160 180 10

32 200 135 100 78 - 16 4-Φ18 180 200 11

40 230 145 110 85 - 16 4-Φ18 220 220 16

50 250 160 125 100 - 16 4-Φ18 230 240 20

65 265 180 145 120 - 18 4-Φ18 250 280 28

80 280 195 160 135 - 20 8-Φ18 280 350 38

2.5

25 160 115 85 65 - 16 4-Φ14 160 180 10

32 200 135 100 78 - 18 4-Φ18 180 200 11

40 200 145 110 85 - 18 4-Φ18 220 220 16

50 250 160 125 100 - 20 4-Φ18 230 240 20

65 265 180 145 120 - 22 8-Φ18 250 280 28

80 280 195 160 135 - 22 8-Φ18 280 350 38

4

25 160 115 85 65 58 16 4-Φ14 160 180 10

32 180 135 100 78 66 18 4-Φ18 180 200 11

40 230 145 110 85 76 18 4-Φ18 220 220 16

50 250 160 125 100 88 20 4-Φ18 230 240 20

65 265 180 145 125 110 22 8-Φ18 250 280 28

80 280 195 160 135 121 22 8-Φ18 280 350 38

- 181 -

Knife Gate Valve

Brief Introduction

Knife-type gate valve, also known as knife-shaped gate valve and knife gate valve, is suitable for pipes with suspended particles,

fibrous materials, pulp, sewage, coal slurry, ash and cement mixture, etc., by knife-edge rams that can cut fiber materials. Cut off

these media. The valve body does not actually have a chamber, and the gate plate is lifted and lowered in the side guiding groove,

and is pressed against the valve seat by the bottom lug. If a high medium sealing property is required, an O-shaped sealing valve

seat can be realized. Two-way seal. According to the driving method, it is divided into manual knife type gate valve, pneumatic

knife type gate valve and electric knife type gate valve.

Features

1. Ultra-short structure length, saving materials, can greatly reduce the overall weight of the pipeline system;

2. Occupying a small effective space, it can effectively support the strength of the pipeline and reduce the possibility of pipeline

vibration;

3. The austenitic stainless steel is used for the gate, and the corrosion resistance is greatly improved, which can effectively prevent

the seal leakage caused by the corrosion of the gate;

4. The upper sealing packing is made of flexible PTFE, which is reliable in sealing and light and flexible in operation;

5. The gate has the function of the knives, which can effectively break all kinds of debris in the medium.

Electric Knife Gate Valve

PZ973H, PZ973F, PZ973Y electric knife type gate valve (knife gate valve): electric drive, clip-on connection, parallel rod rigid

single gate, valve seat sealing surface is cemented carbide and PTFE, nominal pressure PN10~16 The valve body material is

carbon steel (PZ973H-10C~16C), stainless steel (PZ973F-10P~16P PZ973Y-10P~16P), and has a slag discharge function.

- 182 -

Application

1. Mining, washing coal, steel industry - used for washing coal pipelines, filter slurry pipelines, etc., ash discharge pipelines;

2. Purification device - used for wastewater, mud, dirt and clarified water with suspended solids;

3. Paper industry - for any concentration of pulp, water mixture;

4. Power station ash removal - used for ash slurry.


Model No.

Materials

Body Stem Sealing Packing

PZ973H-10C WCB

2Cr13

Cemented carbide,

PTFE

V-type PTFE,

flexible graphite

ring

PZ973H-16C

PZ973F-10P ZG1Cr18Ni9Ti

1Cr18Ni9Ti

PZ973F-16P

PZ973Y-10P CF8 (304)

0Cr18Ni9 (304)

PZ973Y-16P


PZ973H、PZ973F、PZ973Y (PN10) Electric Knife Gate Valve Shape and Size (mm)

DN L D D1 D2 H z×M D0

50 43 160 125 100 285 4×M16 180

65 46 180 145 120 298 4×M16 180

80 46 195 160 135 315 4×M16 220

100 52 215 180 155 365 8×M16 220

125 56 245 210 185 400 8×M16 230

150 56 280 240 210 475 8×M20 280

200 60 335 295 365 540 8×M20 360

250 68 390 350 320 630 12×M20 360

300 78 440 400 368 780 12×M20 400

350 78 500 460 428 885 16×M20 400

400 102 565 515 482 990 16×M22 400

- 183 -

450 114 615 565 532 1100 20×M22 530

500 127 670 620 585 1200 20×M22 530

600 154 780 725 685 1450 20×M27 600

800 190 1010 950 898 2000 24×M30 680

Gate Valve

Brief Introduction

According to the type of the sealing element, the gate valve is often divided into several different types, such as wedge gate valves,

slab gate valves, parallel double gate gate valves, wedge double gate gate valves, etc.

Different materials can be used for water, steam, oil, nitric acid, acetic acid, oxidizing medium, urea and other media. The drive

unit has a hand wheel, a bevel gear, an electric motor, a pneumatic motor, etc.

It is widely use in water, sewage, construction, petroleum, chemical, food, pharmaceutical, textile, electric power, marine,

metallurgy, energy systems, etc.

Installation Attention

1. The installation position, height, and import and export direction must meet the design requirements, and the connection should

be firm and tight.

2. All kinds of manual valves installed on the insulated pipe, the handles shall not be downward.

3. The visual inspection must be carried out before the valve is installed. The nameplate of the valve should comply with the

current national standard "General Valve Mark" GB 12220. For valves with a working pressure greater than 1.0 MPa and a

- 184 -

shut-off effect on the main pipe, the strength and tight performance tests shall be carried out before installation, and shall be used

after passing the test. In the strength test, the test pressure is 1.5 times the nominal pressure, the duration is not less than 5 min, and

the valve casing and the packing should be free of leakage. In the rigorous test, the test pressure is 1.1 times of the nominal

pressure; the test pressure shall meet the requirements of GB 50243 during the duration of the test, and the leakage of the valve

sealing surface shall be qualified.

4. The handwheel, handle and transmission mechanism are not allowed to be used for lifting, and collision is strictly prohibited.

5. The gate valve with the transmission mechanism, installed according to the provisions of the product manual.

Z41H, Z41Y, Z41W Stainless Steel Gate Valve

Manual, flanged connection, open-bar wedge rigid single gate, seat sealing surface material is stainless steel, nominal pressure

PN16~PN200, valve body material is stainless steel gate valve.

Z41W, Z41Y, Z41H stainless steel gate valve is compact in structure, reasonable in design, good in valve rigidity, smooth in

passage, small in flow resistance coefficient, stainless steel and hard alloy on sealing surface, long service life, flexible graphite

packing, reliable sealing, light and flexible operation. It is applied to the pipelines of various systems of petroleum, chemical,

hydraulic and thermal power stations with working pressures of 1.6MPa~20.0MPa and working temperature of -29°C~200°C. The

applicable mediums are nitric acid, acetic acid, water, oil and gas, corrosive liquids.

Features

1. It meets the requirements of advanced standards at home and abroad, with reliable sealing, excellent performance and beautiful

appearance;

2. The sealing pair is advanced and reasonable. The sealing surfaces of the gate and the valve seat are made of cemented carbide

with different hardness. The sealing is reliable, the hardness is high, the wear resistance, the high temperature resistance, the

corrosion resistance, the anti-scratch performance and the long life;

3. The valve stem is tempered and surface nitrided for good corrosion resistance, scratch resistance and wear resistance;

4. Various pipe flange standards and flange sealing surface forms can be used to meet various engineering needs and user

requirements.

Z41H、Z41Y、Z41W Stainless Steel Gate Valve Main Performance Parameters

Model No. PN Working Pressure / MPa Working Temperature / ℃ Media

Z41W-16P~25P 16~25

1.6~2.5

≤ 150

Weakly corrosive medium Z41Y-16P~25P

Z41W-16R~25R

- 185 -

Z41Y-16R~25R

Z41W-40P~63P 40~63

4.0~6.3

≤ 150

Weakly corrosive medium

Z41Y-40P~63P

Z41W-40R~63R

Z41Y-40R~63R

Z41Y-100P~160P 100~160

10.0~16.0

≤ 150

Weakly corrosive medium

Z41Y-100R~160R

Z41H-40P~200P 40~200

4.0~20.0

≤ 200

Nitric acid

Z41H-40R~200R


Model No.

Materials

Body、 Cover、 Disc Stem Sealing Packing

Z41W-16P~25P Chrome nickel titanium stainless

steel

Chrome nickel titanium

stainless steel

Body material Asbestos graphite

or flexible

graphite

Z41Y-16P~25P Surfacing hard alloy

Z41W-16R~25R Chrome nickel molybdenum

titanium stainless steel

Chrome nickel

molybdenum titanium

stainless steel

Body material

Z41Y-16R~25R

Surfacing hard alloy

Z41W-40P~63P Chrome nickel titanium stainless

steel


stainless steel

Body material

PTFE

Z41Y-40P~63P Surfacing hard alloy

Z41W-40R~63R Chrome nickel molybdenum


Chrome nickel

molybdenum titanium

stainless steel

Body material

Z41Y-40R~63R


Z41Y-100P~160P

Chrome nickel titanium stainless

steel


stainless steel


PTFE

Z41Y-100R~160R

Chrome nickel molybdenum


Chrome nickel

molybdenum titanium

stainless steel

Z41H-40P~200P

Chrome nickel titanium stainless

steel

Stainless steel

Stainless steel or stainless

steel + hard alloy

Flexible graphite

Z41H-40R~200R

Chrome nickel molybdenum


Stainless steel

Stainless steel or stainless

steel + hard alloy

Flexible graphite


Z41H、Z41Y、Z41W（PN16）Stainless Steel Valve Shape and Size (mm)

DN

L

D

D1

D2

b

f

z×ød

H

D0

Weight /

kg

15 130 95 65 45 14 2 4×ø14 175 200 4

20 150 105 75 55 14 2 4×ø14 180 200 5

25 160 115 85 65 14 2 4×ø14 210 200 6

- 186 -

32 180 135 100 78 16 2 4×ø18 210 200 7

40 200 145 110 85 16 3 4×ø18 350 200 19

50 250 160 125 100 16 3 4×ø18 358 240 29

65 265 180 145 120 18 3 4×ø18 375 240 33

80 280 195 160 135 20 3 8×ø18 433 280 45

100 300 215 180 155 20 3 8×ø18 502 320 63

125 325 245 210 185 22 3 8×ø18 612 360 108

150 350 280 240 210 24 3 8×ø23 676 360 134

200 400 335 295 265 26 3 12×ø23 820 400 192

250 450 405 355 320 30 3 12×ø25 969 450 273

300 500 460 410 375 30 4 12×ø25 1142 560 379

350 550 520 470 435 34 4 16×ø25 1280 640 590

400 600 580 525 485 36 4 16×ø30 1452 640 850

450 650 640 585 545 40 4 20×ø30 1541 720 907

500 700 705 650 608 44 4 20×ø34 1676 720 958

600 800 840 770 718 48 5 20×ø41 1874 800 1112

Globe Valve

Brief Introduction

The globe valve is a valve that moves linearly along the centerline of the valve seat. Due to the relatively short opening or closing

stroke of the valve stem and the very reliable shut-off function, and because the change of the valve seat opening is proportional to

- 187 -

the stroke of the valve flap, it is very suitable for the adjustment of the flow rate.

The globe valve is generally connected to the pipe by a flange connection or a welded connection. Optional drive units are:

handwheel, bevel gear, electric, pneumatic and so on.

It can be used for cutting or regulating and throttling of fluid pipelines such as tap water, sewage, construction, food, electricity,

medicine, metallurgy, textile, energy, etc.

Selection Attention

1. The globe valve should be used on the pipeline or device of high temperature and high pressure medium. Such as thermal power

plants, nuclear power plants, high-temperature, high-pressure pipelines of petrochemical systems.

2. On the pipeline where the flow resistance is not strict on the pipeline. That is, the place where the pressure loss is not

considered.

3. Small valves can be used with needle valves, instrument valves, sampling valves, pressure gauge valves, etc.

4, There are flow adjustment or pressure adjustment, but the adjustment accuracy is not high, and the pipeline diameter is

relatively small, such as the nominal diameter of ≤ 50mm pipeline, should be used.

5. For small chemical fertilizers and large chemical fertilizers in synthetic industrial production, high-pressure angle shut-off

valves or high-pressure angle throttle valves with nominal pressure PN160 nominal pressure 16MPa or PN320 nominal pressure

32MPa should be used.

6. In the desiliconization workshop and the easy coking pipeline in the production of alumina Bayer method, it is easy to select the

DC type globe valve or the DC type throttle valve with the valve body separated, the valve seat can be removed, and the carbide

seal pair.

7. In the water supply and heating projects in urban construction, it is known to pass through smaller pipelines, and the cut-off,

balance valve or plunger valve can be used, such as the pipeline passing the nominal less than 150mm.

JY41W、JY41Y Oxygen Globe Valve

JY41W、JY41Y Oxygen Globe Valve is made of silicon brass or stainless steel with excellent material and has the advantages of

high mechanical strength, wear resistance and good safety. Used on the oxygen line, it has the best explosion-proof flame retardant

performance, eliminating the unsafe factors on the oxygen line.

- 188 -

Features

1. Anti-combustion and fire resistance: The main components are made of copper alloy, which is a non-combustible material.

Even if it collides with solid particles in high-speed airflow, it will not generate sparks. Therefore, this valve has the best fire and

fire resistance;

2. Safe and reliable: This valve is equipped with dustproof, waterproof and oil-proof devices. All valves in contact with oxygen

undergo strict degreasing and oil-free measures before assembly. The filler material is PTFE, which ensures safety during use.

Reliable.


Nominal Diameter（DN） 15－400

Nominal Pressure（MPa） 1.6 2.5 4

Test Pressure Intensity 2.4 3.75 6

（MPa） Sealing 1.76 2.75 4.4

Working Temperature ≤200℃

Working Midea Oxygen

Valve Body Silicon brass, Stainless steel

Valve Stem Stainless steel

Valve Element Copper、Stainless steel

Packing PTFE


- 189 -

1.6MPa DN L D D1 D2 b n-Φd H Do

Convex Flange

RF

JY41W-16P

JY41W-16T

JY41Y-16P

JY41Y-16T

25 160 115 85 65 14 4-Φ14 305 160

32 180 135 100 78 16 4-Φ18 316 160

40 200 145 110 85 16 4-Φ18 328 180

50 230 160 125 100 16 4-Φ18 356 200

65 290 180 145 125 18 4-Φ18 389 280

80 310 195 160 135 20 8-Φ18 400 280

100 350 215 180 155 20 8-Φ18 460 320

125 400 245 210 185 22 8-Φ18 528 320

150 480 280 240 210 24 8-Φ23 668 450

200 600 335 295 265 26 26-Φ23 795 500

250 650 405 355 320 30 30-Φ25 910 560

300 750 460 410 375 30 30-Φ25 1200 640

350 850 520 470 435 34 34-Φ25 1200 720

400 950 580 525 485 36 36-Φ30 1560 800

Pressure Reducing Valve

Brief Introduction

The pressure reducing valve can be divided into membrane type, spring membrane type, piston type, lever type and bellows type

according to the structure; the number of valve seats can be artificial single seat type and double seat type; according to the

position of the valve flap, it can be divided into positive Functional and reactionary.

- 190 -

Selection Attention

1. Pressure reducing valves are used in a wide range of applications, such as steam, compressed air, industrial gas, water, oil and

many other liquid media. The amount of medium flowing through the outlet of the pressure reducing valve is generally Expressed

by mass flow or volume flow;

2. The bellows direct acting pressure reducing valve is suitable for low pressure, medium and small diameter steam medium;

3. The film direct acting pressure reducing valve is suitable for medium and low pressure, medium and small diameter air and

water medium;

4. Pilot piston type pressure reducing valve is suitable for steam, air and water medium of various pressures, various calibers and

various temperatures. If it is made of stainless acid-resistant steel, it can be applied to various corrosive media.

5. Pilot bellows type pressure reducing valve, suitable for low pressure, medium and small diameter steam, air and other media;

6. Pilot membrane type pressure reducing valve, suitable for low pressure, medium pressure, medium and small diameter steam or

water medium;

7. The fluctuation of the inlet pressure of the pressure reducing valve should be controlled at 80% to 105% of the set value of the

inlet pressure. If it exceeds the range, the performance of the pre-reduced pressure will be affected;

8. In the case of high working temperature of the medium, the pilot piston type pressure reducing valve or the pilot bellows type

pressure reducing valve is generally used;

9. Where the medium is air or water (liquid), it is generally preferred to use a direct acting membrane pressure reducing valve or a

pilot diaphragm type pressure reducing valve;

10. Where the medium is steam, a pilot piston or pilot bellows type pressure reducing valve should be used.

Y43H-40、Y43H-63 Pilot Piston Steam Pressure Reducing Valve

It consists of two parts: the main valve and the pilot valve. The main valve is mainly composed of a valve seat, a main valve disc, a

piston, a spring and the like.

The pilot valve is mainly composed of a valve seat, a valve disc, a diaphragm, a spring, an adjustment spring and the like. This

product has been greatly improved on the basis of ordinary pressure reducing valve, which has increased the piston area, changed

the throttling structure and sealing form, increased the overcurrent area, etc., thus greatly improving the sensitivity, flow rate and

life. Improved performance.

It is mainly used in steam pipelines, and is suitable for steam pipelines with large flow and large flow changes and large inlet

pressure changes.

- 191 -

Product Performance Parameter

Y43H-40、Y43H-63 Pilot Piston Steam Pressure Reducing Valve Performance Parameter

Model No. PN Working Pressure / MPa Working Temperature / ℃ Media

Y43H-40 40 4 ≤200 Steam

Y43H-63 63 6.3 ≤200 Steam


Model No.

Materials

Body、 Cover Disc、Seat、Piston Spring Diaphragm Piston Ring

Y43H-40

Carbon steel

Stainless steel

Chrome vanadium Stainless steel belt

Alloy wear-resistant

steel cast iron

Y43H-63

Carbon steel

Stainless steel

Chrome vanadium Stainless steel belt

Alloy wear-resistant

steel cast iron


Y43H-40 Pilot Piston Steam Pressure Reducing Valve Connection Dimension（mm）

DN L D D1 D2 D6 b f z×ød D3 H1 H2 Weight/kg

25 200 115 85 65 58 16 4 4×ø14 130 110 370 18

32 220 135 100 78 66 18 4 4×ø18 135 120 380 23

40 240 145 110 85 76 18 4 4×ø18 150 125 395 28

50 270 160 125 100 88 20 4 4×ø18 160 130 405 33

65 300 180 145 120 110 22 4 8×ø18 180 140 410 40

80 330 195 160 135 121 22 4 8×ø18 200 165 445 54

100 380 230 190 160 150 24 4.5 8×ø23 200 170 455 60

125 450 270 220 188 176 28 4.5 8×ø25 245 195 475 100

150 500 300 250 218 204 30 4.5 8×ø25 260 195 475 115

- 192 -

Plug Valve

Brief Introduction

The plug valve is a closing or plunger-shaped rotary valve that opens or closes by opening or closing the passage port on the valve

plug by rotating 90 degrees.

According to the structure, it can be divided into four types: compact plug valve, self-sealing plug valve, plug valve and oil-filled

plug valve. According to the channel form, it can be divided into three types: straight-type plug valve, three-way plug valve and

four-way plug valve. There is also a ferrule type plug valve. Plug valves are classified by purpose including: soft-sealed plug

valves, oil-lubricated hard-sealed plug valves, lifted plug valves, three-way and four-way plug valves.

Selection Attention

1. It is used to distribute the medium and change the flow direction of the medium. Its working temperature is not higher than

300 °C, the nominal pressure is PN≤1.6MPa, and the nominal diameter is not more than 300mm. It is recommended to use

multi-channel plug valve;

2. For equipment and pipelines such as milk, juice, beer and other food enterprises and pharmaceutical factories, it is

recommended to use austenitic stainless steel, compact conical plug valve;

3. In oil field mining, natural gas field mining, pipe branching, refining and cleaning equipment, the nominal pressure level is not

greater than Class300, and the nominal diameter is not more than 300mm. It is recommended to use oil-sealed conical plug valve;

4. In oil field mining, natural gas exploitation, pipeline transportation, refining and cleaning equipment, the nominal pressure level

is not more than Class7500, the nominal diameter is not more than 900mm, and the working temperature is not higher than 340 °C.

It is recommended to use oil-sealed conical plug valve;

5. In the large chemical industry, in pipelines and equipment containing corrosive media, it is required to open or close faster. For

nitric acid-based media, a Teflon sleeve can be used to seal the conical plug valve. Acetate-based medium, optional Crl8Nil

2M02Ti stainless steel inlaid with Teflon sleeve sealing conical plug valve;

6. In the pipelines and equipment of gas, natural gas and HVAC systems, the nominal diameter is not more than 200nm, and the

filler type conical plug valve should be used.

- 193 -

ZDAX47 Oil-lubricated Hard-sealed Plug Valve

ZDAX47 American standard pressure balanced inverted oil-lubricated hard seal plug valve: flange connection, oil seal

straight-through structure, plug sealing surface material is alloy steel or stainless steel, pressure grade is 150Lb~900Lb, valve body

material is carbon steel or stainless steel Plug valve.

It is suitable for cutting and connecting the pipeline medium on the pipelines of various working conditions such as petroleum,

chemical, pharmaceutical, fertilizer and electric power industries with nominal pressure Class150~900Lbs and working

temperature -29~180°C.


Model No.

Material

Body、 Cover Gasket Plug、Stem O-ring Packing

ZDAX47-150(Lb) WCB、CF8、CF8M、

CF3、CF3M

Flexible

graphite+Stainless Steel

Gr.F6a、F22、F304、

F316、F321、F304L、

F316L

Nitrile rubber

Flexible graphite

ZDAX47-300(Lb)

ZDAX47-600(Lb)

ZDAX47-900(Lb)


ZDAX47 Class150 ZDAX47 Oil-lubricated Hard-sealed Plug Valve Connection Dimension（mm）

DN DN/in L（RF） L（BW） H W Weight/kg

15 ½ 108 152 180 400 10

20 ¾ 117 178 180 400 12

25 1 127 203 185 500 14

32 1¼ 140 216 200 500 17

40 1½ 165 229 210 600 19

50 2 178 267 215 600 21

65 2½ 190 305 250 820 29

80 3 203 330 270 820 33

100 4 229 356 300 300 48

125 5 254 381 340 300 75

- 194 -

150 6 267 394 365 320 98

200 8 292 457 400 320 125

250 10 330 533 450 350 171

300 12 356 610 510 380 230

350 14 381 686 590 380 370

Regulating Valve

Brief Introduction

Regulating valve, also known as control valve, in the field of industrial automation process control, by accepting the control signal

output from the control unit, by means of power operation to change the final control element of the process parameters such as

medium flow, pressure, temperature, liquid level.

Regulating valves are commonly classified: pneumatic regulating valves, electric regulating valves, hydraulic regulating valves,

and self-operated regulating valves.

The regulating valve is suitable for air, water, steam, various corrosive media, mud, oil and other media.

Features

1. Simple calculation and selection;

2. Simple and convenient maintenance;

3. Maximum part versatility in valves of different calibers;

4. Low cost of use;

5. Rugged, compact design;

6. A variety of integrated controllers and actuators are available;

7. Valve body diameter from DN25 to DN500 (1" to 20");

8. Pressure class PN10~420 (ANSI Class 150 and 1500);

9. Wide range of types to choose.

ZMAP Single-seat /ZMAN Double-seat Pneumatic Diaphragm Regulating Valve

ZMAP Single-seat /ZMAN Double-seat Pneumatic Diaphragm Regulating Valve consists of two parts: pneumatic diaphragm

- 195 -

actuator and regulating valve. It is used together with pneumatic regulator, pressure reducing valve and other instruments to

control the temperature, pressure, liquid level and flow rate in the pipeline.

The single-seat control valve has the advantages of easy sealing and small leakage, but the balance force is large, so the working

pressure difference should not be too high.

The double-seat control valve has a wide flow coefficient and a small unbalanced force, so it is widely used.

Product Performance

DN/mm PN Environment Tempearture/℃ Intrinsic flow characteristics Gas source maximum pressure/MPa

25~300 16, 40, 63 -30~60 Straight line, equal percentage 0.25

DN/mm

Flow Capacity

Stroke/mm

Actuator

Model No.

Gray cast iron valve

Cast steel and cast stainless steel

valves

Single-seat

Double-seat

PN

Working

pressure

Media

Temperature

PN

Working

pressure

Media

Temperature

/MPa /℃ /MPa /℃

25 8 10 16

ZMA-2

16

16

≤200

40

63

40

63

≤250

（normal

upper cover）

≤450

（With heat

sink upper

cover）

32 12 16

40 20 25 25

ZMA-3

50 32 40

65 50 63 40

ZMA-4 80 80 100

100 120 160

125 200 250 60

ZMA-5 150 280 400

200 450 630

250 1000 100

ZMA-6

300 1600


PN Body、 Cover Spool, Stem, Seat Gasket Packing

16 HT200 1Cr18Ni9 Asbestos Rubber Sheet PTFE

40 ZG25 1Cr18Ni9 Asbestos Rubber Sheet PTFE

63 1Cr18Ni9 1Cr18Ni9 Asbestos Rubber Sheet PTFE


ZMAP Single-seat /ZMAN Double-seat PN16 Pneumatic Diaphragm Regulating Valve Connection Dimension

DN D D1 D2 f b z×Φd t L

25 115 85 65 2 16 4×Φ14 4 185

32 135 100 78 2 18 4×Φ18 5 200

40 145 110 85 3 18 4×Φ18 5 220

50 160 125 100 3 20 4×Φ18 5 250

65 180 145 120 3 20 4×Φ18 5 275

80 195 160 135 3 22 8×Φ18 5 305

100 215 180 155 3 24 8×Φ18 5 350

125 245 210 185 3 26 8×Φ18 5 410

150 280 240 210 3 28 8×Φ23 5 450

200 335 295 265 3 30 12×Φ23 5 550

250 405 355 320 3 32 12×Φ25 5 640

300 460 410 375 4 34 12×Φ25 5 720

Safety Valve

Brief Introduction

The safety valve is a special valve in which the opening and closing member is in a normally closed state under the action of an

external force. When the pressure of the medium in the equipment or the pipeline rises above a specified value, the medium is

prevented from exceeding the specified value by discharging the medium outside the system..

Safety valves are widely used in steam boilers, liquefied petroleum gas tankers or liquefied petroleum gas railway tankers,

production wells, high-pressure bypass of steam power generation equipment, pressure pipes, pressure vessels, etc.

Safety valves are generally divided into spring-type safety valves and lever-type safety valves and pulse-type safety valves

according to the structure. Among them, spring-type safety valves are most commonly used; they are divided into threaded safety

valves and flange safety valves according to the connection method.

- 196 -

Selection Attention

1. Steam boiler safety valve, generally use open open spring safety valve 0490 series;

2, safety valve for liquid medium, generally use the micro-open spring safety valve 0485 series;

3, for air or other gas medium safety valve, generally use full-open spring safety valve;

4. For safety valves for LPG tankers or LPG rail tankers, the full-open internal safety valve is generally used;

5. Safety valves for the exit of oil production wells, generally adopting pilot-operated safety valves;

6. High-pressure bypass safety valve for steam power generation equipment, generally adopts pilot-operated safety valve with dual

functions of safety and control.

7. If it is required to perform regular opening test on the safety valve, a safety valve with a lifting wrench should be used. When

the medium pressure reaches more than 75% of the opening pressure, the lifting valve can be used to lift the valve flap slightly

from the valve seat to check the flexibility of the safety valve opening;

8. If the temperature of the medium is high, in order to reduce the temperature of the spring chamber, when the temperature of the

closed safety valve exceeds 300 °C and the use temperature of the open safety valve exceeds 350 °C, a safety valve with a radiator

should be selected;

9. If the back pressure of the safety valve outlet is fluctuating, and the amount of change exceeds 10% of the opening pressure, the

bellows safety valve should be selected;

10. If the medium is corrosive, a bellows safety valve should be used to prevent important parts from failing due to corrosion of

the medium;

11. There should be no resistance at the exit of the safety valve to avoid pressure;

12. The safety valve should be specially tested before installation and checked for leak tightness;

13. The safety valve in use should be inspected regularly.

A44Y/A48Y Full-Open SafetyValve

A48Y type wrench spring full-open safety valve is suitable for equipment and pipelines of steam, air and other media with

working temperature ≤350 °C.

A44Y with wrench spring full-open safety valve is suitable for equipment or pipelines of air, petroleum and other media with

working temperature ≤300 °C, as an overpressure protection device.


NO.

Spare part name

A48Y-C A44Y-C Materials

A44Y-P Materials

A44Y-R Materials

1 Body WCB ZG1Cr18Ni9Ti CF8M

- 197 -

2 Seat 2Cr13 1Cr18Ni9Ti 316

3 Adjust ring ZG2Cr13 ZG1Cr18Ni9Ti 0Cr18Ni12Mo2Ti

4 Recoil disk ZG2Cr13 ZG1Cr18Ni9Ti 316

5 Disc 2Cr13 1Cr18Ni9Ti 316

6 Guide sleeve 2Cr13 1Cr18Ni9Ti 0Cr18Ni12Mo2Ti

7 Cover ZG230-450 ZG230-450 ZG230-450

8 Spring 50CrVA 50CrVA Coated fluoroplastic 50CrVA Coated fluoroplastic

9 Stem 2Cr13 1Cr18Ni9Ti 1Cr18Ni12Mo2Ti

10 Wrench ZG200-400 ZG200-400 ZG200-400

11 Adjustment screw 45 2Cr13 2Cr13

12 Protective cover ZG200-400 ZG200-400 316

Sealing surface Welding Co-based cemented carbide


Model No.

Nominal

Diameter

do

D

K

g

g1

b

f

f1

Z-￠

d

DN'

D1

K1

g3

g2

b1

f'

f1'

Z1-￠

d1

L

L1

≈H

A48Y-16C

A44Y-16C

A44Y-16P

A44Y-16R

20 15 105 75 55 16 2 4-14 25 115 85 65 16 2 4-14 110 95 411

25 16 115 85 65 16 2 4-18 32 140 100 78 18 2 4-18 110 95 411

32 20 140 100 78 18 2 4-18 40 150 110 85 18 3 4-18 115 100 411

40 25 150 110 85 18 3 4-18 50 165 125 100 20 3 4-18 120 110 472

50 32 165 125 100 20 3 4-18 65 185 145 120 20 3 4-18 135 120 532

65 40 185 145 120 20 3 8-18 80 200 160 135 20 3 8-18 160 140 556

80 50 200 160 135 20 3 8-18 100 220 180 155 22 3 8-18 170 135 561

100 65 220 180 155 20 3 8-18 125 250 210 185 22 3 8-18 195 175 667

125 80 250 210 185 22 3 8-23 150 285 240 210 24 3 8-23 210 190 857

150 100 285 240 210 24 3 8-23 175 310 270 240 26 3 8-23 255 230 915

200 125 340 295 265 26 3 12-23 250 405 355 320 30 3 12-26 300 260 1073

250 150 405 355 320 30 3 12-26 300 460 410 375 30 4 12-26 350 320 1307

300 220 460 410 375 30 4 12-26 400 580 525 485 36 4 16-30 370 350 1233

350 250 520 470 435 34 4 16-26 500 715 650 608 44 4 20-34 500 450 1711

400 280 580 525 485 36 4 16-30 500 715 650 608 44 4 20-34 500 450 1780

- 198

- 199 -

ELECTRIC MOTOR

> DC Motor/Special DC Motor

>AC Motor/Special AC Motor

> Low-voltage High Power Motor

>High-voltage Motor

>Synchronous Motor

>High Efficiency Energy-saving Motor

- 200 -

DC Motor/Special DC Motor

Brief Introduction

DC motor is an electric motor that converts direct current electrical energy into mechanical energy.

Due to its good speed regulation performance, it is widely used in power drag.

The DC motor is divided into three types according to the excitation mode: permanent magnet, other excitation and self-excitation.

The self-excitation is divided into three types: shunt excitation, series excitation and re-excitation.

The DC motor main model series include: Z Series Medium-Size, Z2 Series Small-Size, Z4 Series.

The special DC motor main model series include: ZTP series railway locomotive DC auxiliary motor; ZSN4 series DC motor for

Cement Rotary Kiln; ZDT2 series DC motor; ZFQZ series frequently brake DC motor.

Z Series Medium-Size DC Motor

Description

This series of motors can be powered not only by the DC unit power supply, but also by the static rectification power supply.

Can be widely used in metallurgical industry rolling mills, metal cutting machine tools, paper, dyeing, printing, cement, plastic

extrusion machinery and other industrial sectors.

Frame No.: 500~710 Power: 310~1600kW

Benchmark system: S1 Insulation class: F

Protection level: IP23, IP44

Use classification: Class A General industrial B type Metal rolling mill

Working Condition/Performance

1. The altitude does not exceed 1000m;

2. The inlet air temperature of the cooling fan does not exceed 40 °C; the inlet temperature of the cooling water does not exceed

- 201 -

32 °C;

3. The basic excitation mode of the motor is separately excited, the excitation voltage is 220V, and the standard rated voltage is

440V, 550V, 660, 750V, but can be determined on a case-by-case basis. The motor is forcibly excited, and the excitation voltage

must not exceed 500V. The excitation current must not exceed the rated excitation when the motor is in normal operation.

Method

Of

cooling

IC06

With built-on blower

IC17

The pipeline wind inlet,

Free of outlet wind

IC37

The pipeline in and

outlet wind

IC86W

With air-to-water

heat exchanger

Picture

Insulation

class

Prevent solid eyewinker Diam. above 12mm

Prevent drops

Prevent solid eyewinker Diam. above 1mm

Prevent spatter

Frame

Built-on blower Air-to-water heat exchanger

Cooling

wind flow

M3/h

Wind static

pressure

Pa

Motor

power

kW

Weight

kg

Cooling water

flow

M3/h

Motor power

kW

Weight

kg

H500 10000 1900 7.5 300 19 11 900

H560 16500 2250 15 400 22 18.5 1100

H710 50000 2300 15 600 40 22 1900

Motor ordering instructions

1. When ordering, please specify the motor type, power, voltage, speed, excitation voltage, cooling method, number of shafts,

position of the outlet box and other details.

2. When ordering, please specify the type, specification and quantity of the accessories installed on the motor.

3. If the use environment is special, wet tropical type is required. Please indicate “TH” after the original model.

4. If the required specifications and technical requirements are different from the sample, please contact our company and make

specific and specific requirements in advance.

Sign the technical agreement or indicate in the order contract.

- 202 -

Z560-4A motor Suitable for cooling mode IC06, IC17, IC37

ZKSL560-4A motor for cooling mode IC86W

Technical Specification

Rated

Power

Rated Voltage Un rotation speed r/min

Max

speed

Armature

Current

Excitation

power

Efficiency

Moment of

inertia

Weight

kW 750V 660V 550V 440V r/min A kW % Kg2.m kg

700 380 1100 1020

9.0

90.3

205

8000

635 335 1000 1055 90.0

530 275 700 1070 88.6

415 215 700 1075 86.0

835 470 1200 1240 92.6

800 410 1100 1305 91.9

650 340 1000 1290 90.4

515 265 900 1300 89.0

900 480 1250 1470 91.9

745 395 1200 1455 92.0

590 310 1100 1465 90.2

950 525 1200 1845 92.8

770 415 1100 1890 91.6

Shape and installation dimensions

Z500-560

- 203 -

Model

No.

Installation Dimension Shape Dimension

A B C D E F GA DA EA FA GC H K AB AD L L1 HD AE h

Z500-1 900

1000 280

160

300

40

169

160

300

40

169

500

42

1090

900

2030 2130 1900

160

45

Z500-2 1120 2150 2250

Z500-3 1250 2300 2400

Z500-4 1400 2450 2550

Z560-1

1000

1000

315

180

300

45

190

180

300

45

190

560

48

1200

1100

1930 2030

2250

190

50

Z560-2 1120 2050 2150

Z560-3 1250 2200 2300

Z560-4 1400 2350 2450

Z560-5 1600 2550 2650

Note: The external dimension data in the table is for reference only. If there is any discrepancy, the actual product shall prevail;

The data in the table is subject to change without notice.

AC Motor/Special AC Motor

Brief Introduction

AC motor is a machine for converting mechanical energy and AC power.

Due to the tremendous development of AC power system, AC motor has become the most commonly used motor.

Compared with DC motor, AC motor has no commutator (see DC motor). The commutation is simple, the structure is simple, the

manufacturing is convenient, and it is relatively firm, and it is easy to make a high-speed, high-voltage, high-current,

large-capacity motor.

The power of the AC motor covers a large range, from several watts to hundreds of thousands of kilowatts. Even millions of

kilowatts.

The AC motor main model series include: Y series (IP44) three-phase asynchronous motor; Y series (IP23) three-phase

asynchronous motor; YR series (IP44) three-phase asynchronous motor; YR series (IP23) three-phase asynchronous motor; Y2

Series three-phase asynchronous motor.

The special AC motor main model series include: YTM mill motor, KX compressor dedicated high efficiency motor, YD variable

pole multi-speed motor, YLY series grain and oil machinery three-phase asynchronous motor, SZY series injection molding

machine dedicated three-phase asynchronous motor.

- 204 -

Y2 Series Three-phase Asynchronous Motor

Description

Y2 series motor is a new generation of Y series motor. It is a general-purpose fully enclosed fan-cooled squirrel-cage three-phase

asynchronous motor. The product is used in various fields of the national economy, such as machine tools, pumps, fans,

compressors, and can also be used in transportation, mixing, printing, agricultural machinery, food and other places that do not

contain flammable, explosive or corrosive gases.

Installation method:

Type B3 - - The base has a foot and the end cap has no flange.

Type B5 - - The base has no feet, the end cap has a large flange and the shaft extends over the flange end.

Type B35 - - The base has a foot with a large flange on the end cap and the shaft extends over the flange end.


1. Please check the product samples when ordering, determine the model specifications and other data of the required products,

and select the standard specifications listed in the sample as much as possible. Please indicate the model, power, speed, voltage

and frequency of the motor in the order contract. , noise and installation type. If the noise level is not indicated, it is supplied in

class 2.

2. It is not possible to belt drive for 2-pole motors of 5.5KW and above and 4-pole motors of 38KW and above.

3. If there is no special requirement, the default parameters of motor are: horizontal B3 installation mode, insulation grade B, and

protection grade IP44.

4. If there are special requirements, such as biaxial extension, the position of the outlet box, the reverse rotation of the shaft, the

need to make a wet tropical type, or the outdoor anti-corrosion type and others, etc., all need to be clearly indicated in the contract,

and contact with us in advance.


Model No.

Pole

B3、B5、B35

A A/2 B C D E F G H K

80 2、4 125 62.5 100

50 19 40 6 15.5 80 10 90S 2、4、6

140

70

56

24

50

8

20

90

90L 2、4、6 125

100L 2、4、6 160 80 140

63 28

60

24

100 12

112M 2、4、6 190 95 70 112

132S 2、4、6、8 216

108

89

38

80

10

33

132

132M 2、4、6、8 178

160M 2、4、6、8 254

127

210 108

42

110

12

37

160

15

160L 2、4、6、8 254

180M 2、4、6、8 279

139.5

241 121

48

14

42.5

180

180L 2、4、6、8 279

200L 2、4、6、8 318 159 305 133 55 16 49 200 19

225S 4、8 356

178

286 149

60 140 18 53 225

225M 2

311 55 110 16 49

4、6、8 60

140

18

53

250M

2 406

203

349

168

250

24

4、6、8 65

58

280S

2 457

228.5

368

190

280

4、6、8 75 20 67.5

Model No.

Pole

B5、B35 B3、B5、B35

M N P S T AB AC AD HD L

80 2、4 165

130

200

12

3.5

165 175 150 175 290

90S 2、4、6 180

195

160

195

315

90L 2、4、6 340

100L 2、4、6 215

180

250

15

4

205 215 180 245 380

112M 2、4、6 245 240 190 265 400

132S 2、4、6、8 265

230

300

280

275

210

315

475

132M 2、4、6、8 515

160M 2、4、6、8 300

250

350

19

5

330

335

265

385

605

160L 2、4、6、8 650

180M 2、4、6、8 355

380

285

430

670

180L 2、4、6、8 710

200L 2、4、6、8 350 300 400 395 420 315 475 775

225S 4、8 400

350

450

435

475

345

530

820

225M

2 815

4、6、8 845

250M 2 500 450 550 490 515 385 575 930

- 205 -

- 206 -

4、6、8

280S

2 550

580

410

640

1000

4、6、8

280M

2 1050

4、6、8

315S

2

600

550

660

24

6

744

645

576

865

1240

4、6、8、10 1270

315M

2 1310

4、6、8、10 1340

315L

2 1310

4、6、8、10 1340

Low-voltage High Power Motor

Brief Introduction

Low-voltage High Power Motor main model series include: Y series (H400-500) 380V three-phase asynchronous motor, YKK

series (H400-500) 380V three-phase asynchronous motor, Y2 series (H400-450) 380V compact three-phase asynchronous motor

YKK series (H400-500) 380V Three-phase Asynchronous Motor

Description

YKK400-500, 380V motor protection class IP44 is a closed cage rotor three-phase asynchronous motor. The motor is a

low-voltage and high-power product independently developed by our company according to the market demand. The base and end

cover are made of steel plate. The box structure is adopted. The top cover can be opened to observe the internal condition of the

motor. All components can be disassembled. Easy to install and repair. The degree of protection is IP44 or IP54 and the cooling

method is IC611.

This series of motors has the advantages of high efficiency, energy saving, low noise, low vibration, light weight, reliable

- 207 -

performance, convenient installation and maintenance. Can be used to drive a variety of different machinery. Such as ventilation

motors, compressors, pumps, crushers, cutting machine troubles and other equipment, and can be used as the prime mover for coal

mines, machinery industry, power plants and various industrial and mining enterprises.

The structure and installation type of this series of motors is IMB3. The rating is continuous rating based on continuous working

system (S1). The rated frequency of the motor is 50HZ, the rated voltage is 380V, other voltage levels or special requirements, and

users can be co-sponsored when ordering.


The structure and installation type of the motor is IMB3.


(Users must indicate the following requirements when ordering):

Motor type: YKK4501-6 Installation method: IMB3

Rated power: 355KW Protection level: IP44 or IP54

Rated voltage: 380V Cooling method: IC611

Rated frequency: 50HZ Insulation class: Class F

Synchronous speed: 1000r/min Environmental conditions: 1000m above sea level, ambient temperature 40°C

If the user needs other voltage levels or special requirements, please consult with our factory.



- 208 -

- 209 -

High-voltage Motor

Brief Introduction

High-voltage Motor main model series include: Y, YKS, YKK series (H355-1000) high voltage three-phase asynchronous motor,

YR, YRKS, YRKK series (H355-1000) high-voltage wound rotor three-phase asynchronous motor, Y2 series (H355-560) 6KV

compact high voltage asynchronous motor, Y, YR series large horizontal high-voltage motor.

YR series (H355-1000) 6KV, 10KV High-voltage Wound Rotor Asynchronous Motor

Description

YR series motor rotor coils are made of copper strips with F-class insulation. Silver brazing is used between the coils and between

the copper strips and the coils to ensure the reliability of the motor operation.

The YR series motor is welded with steel plate into a box structure, which is light in weight and good in rigidity. The top is

equipped with a protective cover, which is easy to disassemble and easy to maintain. The stator adopts external press-fit structure,

stator winding F-class insulation, VPI dipping paint, and insulation performance. Excellent reliability, good mechanical strength,

strong moisture resistance; IP23 protection grade, IP54 grade can be made according to requirements.


The structure and installation type of the motor is IMB3.

- 210 -


(Users must indicate the following requirements when ordering):

Motor type (YR3551-4) Installation method (IMB3)

Rated power (220kW) Protection class (IP23)

Rated voltage (6000V) Cooling method (IC01)

Rated frequency (50Hz) Insulation class (F class)

Synchronous speed (1500r/min) Environmental conditions (1000m above sea level, 40°C ambient temperature)



- 211 -

Synchronous Motor

Brief Introduction

Synchronous Motor main model series include: TK Series Large Three Phase Synchronous Motor for Compressor,

TKK1600-4/1430 11KV Synchronous Motor, TDMK(TM) series Large AC three-phase synchronous motor for mine mill.

TDMK(TM) series Large AC three-phase Synchronous Motor for Mine Mill

Description

This series of high-voltage motors are suitable for indoor environments where the altitude is less than 1000m, the ambient

temperature is lower than 40°C, there is less dust, no corrosive gas such as steam, acid or alkali.

The rated voltage of this series of high voltage motors is 6000V or 10000V, the allowable voltage deviation range is ±5%, the

rated frequency of the power supply is 50Hz, and the rated power factor is 0.9 (leading).

The motor has a cylindrical shaft extension end, and the direction of rotation of the motor should be consistent with the direction

indicated on the pointing plate, and the direction of rotation is generally counterclockwise when viewed from the side of the

collector ring;

This series of high-voltage motors are mainly used to drive various mine mills and other machinery. When connecting with a

coupling, the shaft extension must not have additional axial and radial forces other than the weight of the coupling. The

synchronous motor excitation system uses a thyristor excitation device.

The seat type bearing is available in oil ring type or composite type, and an insulating liner is arranged between the seat type

bearing and the mounting bottom plate to prevent the generation of the shaft current.


The base is welded steel structure with underframe; protection class IP00, cooling mode IC01, mounting type IM7311 or IM5710

without shaft and seat bearing, rating type S1, stator winding wiring method Y connection, insulation class F (by B Level

assessment).

- 212 -


1. Please check the product samples when ordering, determine the model specifications and other data of the required products,

and select the standard specifications listed in the sample as much as possible. Please indicate the model, power, speed, voltage

and frequency of the motor in the order contract. , noise and installation type.

2. If there are special requirements, such as biaxial extension, outlet box position reverse box, reverse rotation of the shaft, need to

be made into wet tropical type, or outdoor anti-corrosion type and others, etc., all need to be clearly indicated in the contract, and

in advance with me Factory contact.


Model No. A AB B b D D1 E H h L L1 L2 L3 t

TDMK350-32 2750 3040 1810 45 200 2700 350 630 350 2250 590 650 800 210

TDMK400-32 2750 3040 1810 45 200 2700 350 630 350 2250 590 650 800 210

TDMK400-32 2750 3040 2010 45 200 2700 350 630 350 2450 590 750 900 210

TDMK500-32 2750 3040 2170 50 220 2700 350 630 350 2650 590 800 950 231

TDMK500-36 3200 3590 1920 50 220 3200 350 630 350 2360 620 700 800 231

TDMK630-36 3200 3590 1920 50 220 3200 350 630 350 2360 620 700 800 231

TDMK800-36 3200 3590 2020 56 250 3200 400 630 350 2500 660 750 850 262

- 213 -

TDMK800-36 3200 3590 2220 56 250 3200 400 630 350 2740 660 850 950 262

TDMK1000-36 3200 3590 2020 56 250 3200 400 630 350 2500 660 750 850 262

TDMK1000-36 3200 3590 2440 56 250 3200 400 630 350 2980 660 900 1050 262

TDMK1600-36 4230 4590 2540 70 320 4000 470 630 350 3100 770 950 1100 334

TDMK1250-40 4230 4590 2840 63 280 4000 500 630 350 3450 820 1150 1200 292


Model No.

Rated

power

KW

Rated

voltage

KV

Rated

current

A

Rated

speed

r/min

Power

factor

(advanced)

Stall torque

rated

current

Pulling

torque rated

torque

First step

torque rated

torque

Weight

T

Remark

TDMK350-32 350 6 41 187.5 0.9 6.72 1.1 3.56 10.7

TDMK400-32

400

6

47

187.5

0.9

6.54

1.132

4.06

11.3

Shaft

punching

TDMK400-32 400 10 28 187.5 0.9 6.67 1.09 3.21 12.2

TDMK500-32 500 10 35 187.5 0.9 6.24 1.03 3.5 13.7

TDMK500-36 500 6 58 167 0.9 6.27 1.04 3 12.7

TDMK630-36 630 6 74 167 0.9 6.13 1.02 2.9 13.5

TDMK800-36 800 6 93 167 0.9 5.9 1 2.7 16

TDMK800-36 800 10 55.8 167 0.9 6.67 1.08 3.47 16.8

TDMK1000-36 1000 6 115 167 0.9 6.1 1 3 16

TDMK1000-36 1000 10 69 167 0.9 5 1 2.6 17.7

TDMK1600-36 1600 6 181 167 0.9 6.7 1.19 2.98 31

TDMK1250-40 1250 6 143 150 0.9 6.17 1 3.36 17.7

High Efficiency Energy-saving Motor

Brief Introduction

High Efficiency Energy-saving Motor main model series include: YE2/YE3/YE4 series high efficiency three-phase asynchronous

motor, Y/Y2/YKK/YX/YXKS series high voltage high efficiency three-phase asynchronous motor, YXVF/YVEF2/YVEF3 high

efficiency variable frequency speed regulation three-phase asynchronous motor, YBBP high efficiency variable frequency

three-phase asynchronous motor, YB3/YBX3 high efficiency explosion-proof three-phase asynchronous motor.

- 214 -

YB3/YBX3 High Efficiency Explosion-proof Three-phase Asynchronous Motor

Description

The YB3/YBX3 series high efficiency explosion-proof three-phase asynchronous motor mainly used in coal mines, oil and gas,

petrochemicals and chemical industries where explosion protection is required. They are commonly used to drive pumps, fans,

compressors and other transmission machinery.

The explosion-proof marks are divided into: Exd I, Exd II AT4 and Exd II BT4, of which Exd I is suitable for coal mine face

environment with methane or coal dust explosive gas mixture; Exd II AT4 and Exd II BT4 are suitable for factory class II A Class,

Class B, temperature group is the environment in which the explosive gas mixture rented by T1, T2, T3 and T4 exists.


The basic installation method of this series of motors is horizontal type with foot (IMB3) structure, and can also be made into

IMB35, IMB5, IMV1 and other types, in line with GB/T997 and IEC60034-7 "Rotating motor structure and installation type (IM

code)" Provisions. If the customer requests other installation types, they can be negotiated separately.


1. Explosion-proof type: Ex dI Mb is suitable for coal mine.

2. Explosion-proof type: Ex d IIB T4 Gb. Applicable to the place where the factory has a corrosive gas (propane ethylene).

3. Explosion-proof type: Ex d IIC T4 Gb is suitable for use in factories where there is a possibility of gas (hydrogen propane

ethylene).

4. Explosion-proof type: Ex tD B21 T135°C is suitable for places where the factory has a flammable dust place and flammable

flying flakes (such as feed textile, flour, cement and other places where dust is generated).

5. Explosion-proof type: Ex d IIC T4 Gb/Ex td B21 T135°C is suitable for use in factories with flammable gas places, flammable

dust places and flammable flying flakes (such as feed, textile, flour, cement, etc.) A place where dust can be generated).


- 215 -


Model No.

Rated

power

KW

Rated

current

A

Rated

speed

r/min

Efficiency

Power

factor

(advanced)

Rated

torque

N.m

Stall torque

Rated torque

Stall current

Rated current

Max torque

Rated torque

Noise

Synchronous speed 3000 r/min

YBX3-80M1-2 0.75 1.72 2880 80.7 0.83 2.5 2.2 7.0 2.3 67

YBX3-80M2-2 1.1 2.43 2875 82.7 0.83 3.7 2.2 7.3 2.3 67

YBX3-90S-2 1.5 3.22 2900 84.2 0.84 4.9 2.2 7.6 2.3 72

YBX3-90L-2 2.2 4.58 2895 85.9 0.85 7.3 2.2 7.6 2.3 72

YBX3-100L-2 3 6.02 2895 87.1 0.87 9.9 2.2 7.8 2.3 76

YBX3-112M-2 4 7.84 2910 88.1 0.88 13.1 2.2 8.3 2.3 77

YBX3-132S1-2 5.5 10.6 2940 89.2 0.88 17.9 2.0 8.3 2.3 80

YBX3-132S2-2 7.5 14.2 2940 90.1 0.88 24.4 2.0 7.9 2.3 80

YBX3-160M1-2 11 20.6 2945 91.2 0.89 35.7 2.0 8.1 2.3 86

YBX3-160M2-2 15 27.9 2945 91.9 0.89 48.6 2.0 8.1 2.3 86

YBX3-160L-2 18.5 34.2 2950 92.4 0.89 59.9 2.0 8.2 2.3 86

YBX3-180M-2 22 40.5 2960 92.7 0.89 71 2.0 8.2 2.3 88

YBX3-200L1-2 30 54.9 2960 93.3 0.89 96.8 2.0 7.6 2.3 90

YBX3-200L2-2 37 67.4 2960 93.7 0.89 119 2.0 7.6 2.3 90

YBX3-225M-2 45 80.8 2965 94.0 0.90 145 2.0 7.7 2.3 92

YBX3-250M-2 55 98.5 2970 94.3 0.90 177 2.0 7.7 2.3 93

YBX3-280S-2 75 134 2975 94.7 0.90 241 1.8 7.1 2.3 94

YBX3-280M-2 90 160 2970 95.0 0.90 289 1.8 7.1 2.3 94

YBX3-315S-2 110 195 2975 95.2 0.90 353 1.8 7.1 2.3 96

YBX3-315M-2 132 234 2975 95.4 0.90 424 1.8 7.1 2.3 96

YBX3-315L1-2 160 279 2975 95.6 0.91 514 1.8 7.2 2.3 98

YBX3-315L2-2 200 349 2975 95.8 0.91 642 1.8 7.2 2.3 98

YBX3-355S1-2 185 323 2980 95.7 0.91 593 1.8 7.2 2.3 98

YBX3-355S2-2 200 349 2980 95.8 0.91 641 1.8 7.2 2.2 98

YBX3-355M1-2 220 383 2980 95.8 0.91 705 1.8 7.2 2.2 100

YBX3-355M2-2 250 436 2980 95.8 0.91 801 1.6 7.2 2.2 100

YBX3-355L1-2 280 488 2980 95.8 0.91 897 1.6 7.2 2.2 100

YBX3-355L2-2 315 549 2980 95.8 0.91 1009 1.6 7.2 2.2 100

YBX3-355L3-2 355 649 2980 95.8 0.91 1138 1.6 7.2 2.2 104

YBX3-355L4-2 375 654 2980 95.8 0.91 1202 1.6 7.2 2.2 104

- 216

- 217 -

Reducer/Gearbox

> Gear Reducer

>Cycloidal Pinwheel Reducer

> Planetary Gear Reducer

>Worm Gear Shaft Reducer

>Three-ring Gear Reducer

>Reducer Motor

> Material Processing Gearbox

>Mining Equipment Gearbox

> Metallurgical Equipment Gearbox

- 218 -

Gear Reducer

Brief Introduction

Gear reducer is generally used for low-speed and high-torque transmission equipment. The ordinary reducer of the motor also has

several pairs of identical gears to achieve the desired deceleration effect. The ratio of the number of teeth of the large and small

gears is the transmission ratio.

The main types include:

Soft-tooth surface gear reducer: ZQ (JZQ), ZQH, ZQA, ZQD, ZD (ZDH), ZL (ZLH), ZS (ZSH), ZSC, ZSC (A), ZSC (D), LC,

YTC, WD, WS, A type worm gear shaft reducer;

Hard-tooth surface gear reducer:ZDY/ZLY/ZSY/ZFY series cylindrical gear reducer, DBY/DCY/DFY/DBYK/DCYK/DFYK

series conical cylindrical gear reducer, MBY/JDX series mill reducer, TY coaxial reducer, ZJY shaft mount Reducer, ZLYJ/ZSYJ

plastic extruder special reducer, ZSSY series hard surface reducer, A850, A1000 reducer, A1570, A1960 Reducer, QS, QSC

three-in-one gear reducer;

Hard-tooth surface gear reducer for crane: QY3D, QY4D, QY3S, QY4S, QJY2/QJY3/QJY23/QJY34,

QJYA2/QJYA3/QJYA23/QJYA34, QJYD2/QJYD3/QJYD23/QJYD34/QJYX, QY34S, QY34D lifting hard surface reducer.

This product is widely used in metallurgy, mining, lifting, transportation, cement, construction, chemical, textile, printing and

dyeing, pharmaceutical and other industrial sectors.

Cycloidal Pinwheel Reducer

Brief Introduction

The cycloidal pinwheel reducer is a novel transmission device using the principle of K-H-V less tooth difference planetary

transmission. The transmission process is as follows: a double eccentric sleeve with a 180 degree misalignment is mounted on the

input shaft, and two roller bearings called a jib are mounted on the eccentric sleeve to form an H mechanism, and the center holes

of the two cycloidal wheels are eccentric The sleeve is loaded with the raceway of the arm bearing, and the cycloidal wheel and the

needle gear are meshed to form an internal meshing speed reduction mechanism with a difference of one tooth.

- 219 -

This product is widely used in metallurgy, mining, lifting, transportation, cement, construction, chemical, printing and dyeing,

pharmaceutical, food and environmental protection industries. Applicable to the working environment temperature of -40℃-40℃,

under the rated load and speed, the oil tank temperature rise of the reducer does not exceed 60℃, the maximum oil temperature

does not exceed 80℃.

The cycloidal pinwheel reducer model include: 8000/9000 series cycloidal pinwheel reducer, X/B series cycloidal pinwheel

reducer.

Planetary Gear Reducer

Brief Introduction

The planetary gear reducer is a versatile industrial product that reduces the speed of the motor while increasing the output torque.

Applicable to transmission machinery whose gear peripheral speed is not more than 12m/s, input speed is not more than 1500r/min,

and working environment temperature is -40°C-45°C. This product is suitable for both forward and reverse directions.

This product is widely used in metallurgy, mining, lifting, transportation, cement, construction, chemical, textile, printing and

dyeing, pharmaceutical, food and environmental protection industries.

The planetary gear reducer model include: Single-stage (NGW11-NGW121)/Two-stage (NGW42-NGW122)/Three-stage

(NGW73-NGW123) planetary gear reduce; /NGW-L/NGW-S planetary gear reducer; NAD/NAZD, NBD/NBZD, NCD/NCZD

planetary gear reducer; NAF/NBF/NCF planetary gear reducer; NAZF/NBZF/NCZF planetary gear reducer; PL/PS series

precision planetary reducer; WPL/WPS series right angle precision reducer.

- 220 -

Worm Gear Shaft Reducer

Brief Introduction

The worm gear shaft reducer is a power transmission mechanism that uses a gear speed converter to decelerate the number of

revolutions of the motor (motor) to the required number of revolutions and obtain a mechanism with a large torque.

It can be seen in the transmission system of various types of machinery, from ships, automobiles, locomotives, heavy machinery

for construction, processing equipment and automatic production equipment used in the machinery industry, to household

appliances that are common in daily life., clocks, etc.

The worm gear shaft reducer main model include: Single stage FCW/FCWZ/FCDKZ type worm gear shaft reducer;

SCWS/SCWO/SCWU shaft mounted arc cylindrical worm reducer; GCWS arc cylindrical bipolar worm reducer; WH/LCW

vertical arc cylindrical worm reducer; Aluminum alloy shell single-stage FCN series; aluminum shell two-stage FCND/PC

combination.

Three-ring Gear Reducer

Brief Introduction

The three-ring reducer drives three external ring gears to drive an external gear output, so it is called a three-ring reducer. It is a

parallel-axis-shaft gear transmission reducer. The utility model has the advantages of strong bearing capacity and overload

capacity, large transmission ratio, dense classification, high efficiency, compact structure, small volume, light weight, convenient

assembly and disassembly and maintenance, wide applicability and the like.

Widely used in mining, metallurgy, petroleum, chemical, rubber and plastics, construction, building materials, lifting,

transportation, food, light industry and other industries.

The three-ring reducer main model include: SH/SHDK basic three-ring reducer; SHS three-ring reducer, SHP/SHL/SHLD/STH

single-stage three-ring reducer; SHZ/SHZP/LSHZ/SHC1/SHC2/SHCD/SHCDP combined secondary drive three-ring reducer;

QSH/QXSH/QTR/QXTR three-ring reducer for crane; MSH/MTR three-ring reducer for cement mill, GTSH/GTTR three-ring

reducer for ladle turret; ZZSH/ZZTR single-stage three-ring reducer for pile hole drilling machine; YPSH/YPTR three-ring

reducer for disc feeder; LLSH/LLTR continuous cast steel ring reducer.

- 221 -

Reducer Motor

Brief Introduction

The reducer motor is an integrated body of the reducer and the motor. Such an integrated body is also commonly referred to as a

gear motor.

The reducer motor are widely used in metallurgy, mining, lifting, transportation, cement, construction, chemical, textile, printing

and dyeing, pharmaceutical, medical, beauty, health massage, office supplies and other general mechanical equipment.

The reducer motor main model include: K series helical reducer motor; R series helical reducer motor; S series helical gear-worm

reducer motor; F series parallel shaft helical reducer motor.

Material Processing Gearbox

Brief Introduction

The material processing gearbox model include: Vertical Mill gearbox series: MLX, MLXSD, MLXSS; Tube Mill gearbox series:

MBY (MBYX) edge drive gearbox, MFY, MFYT center drive gearbox, ZX, FZX planetary center drive gearbox, MSBY single

side double drive gearbox; Roller Press gearbox series: GYM roller press gearbox.

Mining Equipment Gearbox

Brief Introduction

The mining equipment gearbox model include: Mining belt conveyor gearbox, JS series scraper gearbox, Roadheader cutting

- 222 -

gearbox, Roadheader gearbox, Hoist gearbox.

Metallurgical Equipment Gearbox

Brief Introduction

The metallurgical equipment gearbox model include: Hot-rolled sheet main drive gear box, Cold-rolled sheet main drive gear box,

Rod and wire mill main drive gear box, Converter tilting device, Rod and wire flying shear, Non-ferrous processing gear box.

- 223 -

Guide

>Roller Guide/Slider Guide

- 224 -

Roller Guide/Slider Guide

Brief Introduction

Guided refers to the device that helps the rolling stock to enter and exit the roll hole shape accurately and stably according to the

specified direction and state during the rolling process of the section steel.

The guides are divided into roller guides and slider guides.

The roller guides are more stable, and the distance between the guide rollers can be easily adjusted, but the cost is higher, and the

slider guides are lower in cost, but the stability is not as good as roller guides.

Service area

1. Provide design and manufacture of various high-speed rolling mills, bar mills and other rolling mill guides. To provide users

with localized services for the introduction of foreign guides.

2. Provide design and manufacture of auxiliary equipment for rolling mills such as guide beams, loopers and guide grooves of

various rolling mills.

3. Provide process design and related technical consultation for high-speed wire rod mills and bar mills.

4. Cutting and rolling process design, production debugging and related equipment design and manufacture of bar mill.

5.Provide "turnkey" service according to user requirements, that is, the whole process of cooperative service from the hole design

to the production.

Sample - MORGAN series:

RE20、35

Finish Roller Guide Assembly

RE150

Roller Guide Assembly

RE35-4

Guide Assembly

RE Guide

Assembly

RE75

Guide Assembly

RE Guide

Assembly

RE115

Guide Assembly

- 225 -

Sample - SMS series:

Rough Guide Assembly

Section Steel Guide Assembly

Wide Torsion Guide Assembly

Pre-finishing

Entry Roller Guide Assembly

Torsion Guide Assembly

Medium Guide Assembly

Narrow Torsion Guide Assembly

Sample - HOLLTECK series:

RE/AB Guide

Assembly

RT-2CS

Two Slitting Guide Assembly

RE25SP Guide

Assembly

RT-3CS

Three Slitting Guide Assembly

RE35SP Guide

Assembly

RTO-1B Torsion Guide

Assembly

RE55WBF Guide

Assembly

RTO-1B

Angle Steel Slider Guide Assembly

Appendix

>Flow Chart of Iron Steel Making Production Process

>Flow Chart of Mining Benefication Production Process

>Flow Chart of Stock-yard Production Process

>Flow Chart of Sintering Production Process

>Flow Chart of Coking Production Process

>Flow Chart of Pelletizing Production Process

>Flow Chart of Blast Furnace Iron-making Production Process

>Flow Chart of Converter Steel-making Production Process

>Flow Chart of Continuous Casting Production Process

>Flow Chart of Copper Production Process

>Flow Chart of Gold Production Process

>Flow Chart of Nickel Production Process

>Flow Chart of Aluminium Production Process

>Flow Chart of Coal Benefication Process

>Flow Chart of Active Lime Production Process

>Flow Chart of Cement Production Process

>Flow Chart of Thermal Power Production Process

- 226 -

Flow Chart of Iron Steel Making Production Process

Flow Chart of Mining Benefication Production Process

- 228 -

Flow Chart of Stock-yard Production Process

- 229 -

- 230 -

Flow Chart of Sintering Production Process

Flow Chart of Coking Production Process

- 231 -

Flow Chart of Pelletizing Production Process

Flow Chart of Blast Furnace Iron-making Production Process

- 232 -

Flow Chart of Converter Steel-making Production Process

Flow Chart of Continuous Casting Production Process

- 233 -

Flow Chart of Copper Production Process

Flow Chart of Gold Production Process

Flow Chart of Nickel Production Process

- 234 -

Flow Chart of Aluminium Production Process

- 235 -

- 236

Flow Chart of CoalBenefication Process

Flow Chart of Active Lime Production Process

- 237

Flow Chart of Cement Production Process

Flow Chart of Thermal Power Production Process

Documents

,K> /E'^ > < /Z - BlackBird Holdings